EL817S(C)(TU)(ELEU) - EVERLIGHT ELECTRONICS

NXP Semiconductors

Data Sheet: Technical Data

Document Number: IMX6DQIEC

Rev. 6, 11/2018

Package Information

FCPBGA Package

21 x 21 mm, 0.8 mm pitch

NXP Reserves the right to change the production detail specifications as may be

required to permit improvements in the design of its products.

Ordering Information

See Table 1

MCIMX6QxCxxxxC

MCIMX6QxCxxxxD

MCIMX6QxCxxxxE

MCIMX6DxCxxxxC

MCIMX6DxCxxxxD

MCIMX6DxCxxxxE

1 Introduction

The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processors represent the latest

achievement in integrated multimedia applications

processors. These processors are part of a growing

family of multimedia-focused products that offer high

performance processing and are optimized for lowest

power consumption.

The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processors feature advanced

implementation of the quad Arm®Cortex®-A9 core,

which operates at speeds up to 800 MHz. They include

2D and 3D graphics processors, 1080p video processing,

and integrated power management. Each processor

provides a 64-bit DDR3/DDR3L/LPDDR2-800 memory

interface and a number of other interfaces for connecting

peripherals, such as WLAN, Bluetooth®, GPS, hard

drive, displays, and camera sensors.

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad

Applications Processors for

Industrial Products

1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

1.1 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

1.3 Signal Naming Convention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

2 Architectural Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

2.1 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

3 Modules List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

3.1 Special Signal Considerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

3.2 Recommended Connections for Unused Analog

Interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

4 Electrical Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

4.1 Chip-Level Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

4.2 Power Supplies Requirements and Restrictions . . 31

4.3 Integrated LDO Voltage Regulator Parameters . . 32

4.4 PLL Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

4.5 On-Chip Oscillators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

4.6 I/O DC Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

4.7 I/O AC Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

4.8 Output Buffer Impedance Parameters. . . . . . . . . . 45

4.9 System Modules Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

4.10 Multi-Mode DDR Controller (MMDC). . . . . . . . . . . 60

4.11 General-Purpose Media Interface (GPMI) Timing. 60

4.12 External Peripheral Interface Parameters . . . . . . . 69

5 Boot Mode Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

5.1 Boot Mode Configuration Pins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

5.2 Boot Devices Interfaces Allocation . . . . . . . . . . . 131

6 Package Information and Contact Assignments . . . . . . 133

6.1 Signal Naming Convention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

6.2 21 x 21 mm Package Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

7 Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

2NXP Semiconductors

Introduction

The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processors are specifically useful for applications such as the following:

The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processors offers numerous advanced features, such as:

• Multilevel memory system—The multilevel memory system of each processor is based on the L1

instruction and data caches, L2 cache, and internal and external memory. The processors support

many types of external memory devices, including DDR3, DDR3L, LPDDR2, NOR Flash,

PSRAM, cellular RAM, NAND Flash (MLC and SLC), OneNAND™, and managed NAND,

including eMMC up to rev 4.4/4.41.

• Smart speed technology—The processors have power management throughout the device that

enables the rich suite of multimedia features and peripherals to consume minimum power in both

active and various low power modes. Smart speed technology enables the designer to deliver a

feature-rich product, requiring levels of power far lower than industry expectations.

• Dynamic voltage and frequency scaling—The processors improve the power efficiency of devices

by scaling the voltage and frequency to optimize performance.

• Multimedia powerhouse—The multimedia performance of each processor is enhanced by a

multilevel cache system, Neon® MPE (Media Processor Engine) co-processor, a multi-standard

hardware video codec, 2 autonomous and independent image processing units (IPU), and a

programmable smart DMA (SDMA) controller.

• Powerful graphics acceleration—Each processor provides three independent, integrated graphics

processing units: an OpenGL® ES 2.0 3D graphics accelerator with four shaders (up to 200 MTri/s

and OpenCL support), 2D graphics accelerator, and dedicated OpenVG™ 1.1 accelerator.

• Interface flexibility—Each processor supports connections to a variety of interfaces: LCD

controller for up to four displays (including parallel display, HDMI1.4, MIPI display, and LVDS

display), dual CMOS sensor interface (parallel or through MIPI), high-speed USB on-the-go with

PHY, high-speed USB host with PHY, multiple expansion card ports (high-speed MMC/SDIO host

and other), 10/100/1000 Mbps Gigabit Ethernet controller, and a variety of other popular interfaces

(such as UART, I2C, and I2S serial audio, SATA-II, and PCIe-II).

• Advanced security—The processors deliver hardware-enabled security features that enable secure

e-commerce, digital rights management (DRM), information encryption, secure boot, and secure

software downloads. The security features are discussed in detail in the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad

security reference manual (IMX6DQ6SDLSRM).

• Integrated power management—The processors integrate linear regulators and internally generate

voltage levels for different domains. This significantly simplifies system power management

structure.

1.1 Ordering Information

Table 1 shows examples of orderable part numbers covered by this data sheet. This table does not include

all possible orderable part numbers. The latest part numbers are available on nxp.com/imx6series. If your

desired part number is not listed in the table, or you have questions about available parts, see

nxp.com/imx6series or contact your NXP representative.

Introduction

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 3

Figure 1 describes the part number nomenclature to identify the characteristics of the specific part number

you have (for example, cores, frequency, temperature grade, fuse options, silicon revision). Figure 1

applies to the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad.

The two characteristics that identify which data sheet a specific part applies to are the part number series

field and the temperature grade (junction) field:

• The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Automotive and Infotainment Applications Processors data sheet

(IMX6DQAEC) covers parts listed with “A (Automotive temp)”

•The

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad

Applications Processors for Consumer Products data sheet (IMX6DQCEC)

covers parts listed with “D (Commercial temp)” or “E (Extended Commercial temp)”

• The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products data sheet (IMX6DQIEC)

covers parts listed with “C (Industrial temp)”

The Ensure that you have the right data sheet for your specific part by checking the temperature grade

(junction) field and matching it to the right data sheet. If you have questions, see nxp.com/imx6series or

contact your NXP representative.

Table 1. Example Orderable Part Numbers

Part Number Quad/Dual CPU Options Speed1

Grade

1If a 24 MHz input clock is used (required for USB), the maximum SoC speed is limited to 792 MHz.

Temperature

Grade Package

MCIMX6Q7CVT08AC i.MX 6Quad Includes VPU, GPU 800 MHz Industrial 21 mm x 21 mm, 0.8 mm

pitch, FCPBGA (lidded)

MCIMX6Q7CVT08AD i.MX 6Quad Includes VPU, GPU 800 MHz Industrial 21 mm x 21 mm, 0.8 mm

pitch, FCPBGA (lidded)

MCIMX6Q7CVT08AE i.MX 6Quad Includes VPU, GPU 800 MHz Industrial 21 mm x 21 mm, 0.8 mm

pitch, FCPBGA (lidded)

MCIMX6D7CVT08AC i.MX 6Dual Includes VPU, GPU 800 MHz Industrial 21 mm x 21 mm, 0.8 mm

pitch, FCPBGA (lidded)

MCIMX6D7CVT08AD i.MX 6Dual Includes VPU, GPU 800 MHz Industrial 21 mm x 21 mm, 0.8 mm

pitch, FCPBGA (lidded)

MCIMX6D7CVT08AE i.MX 6Dual Includes VPU, GPU 800 MHz Industrial 21 mm x 21 mm, 0.8 mm

pitch, FCPBGA (lidded)

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

4NXP Semiconductors

Introduction

Figure 1. Part Number Nomenclature—i.MX 6Quad and i.MX 6Dual

1.2 Features

The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processors are based on Arm Cortex-A9 MPCore platform, which has the

following features:

• Arm Cortex-A9 MPCore 4xCPU processor (with TrustZone®)

• The core configuration is symmetric, where each core includes:

— 32 KByte L1 Instruction Cache

— 32 KByte L1 Data Cache

— Private Timer and Watchdog

— Cortex-A9 NEON MPE (Media Processing Engine) Co-processor

The Arm Cortex-A9 MPCore complex includes:

• General Interrupt Controller (GIC) with 128 interrupt support

• Global Timer

• Snoop Control Unit (SCU)

• 1 MB unified I/D L2 cache, shared by two/four cores

• Two Master AXI (64-bit) bus interfaces output of L2 cache

Part differentiator @

Industrial with VPU, GPU, no MLB 7

Automotive with VPU, GPU 6

Consumer with VPU, GPU 5

Automotive with GPU, no VPU 4

Temperature Tj +

Extended commercial: -20 to +105°CE

Industrial: -40 to +105°CC

Automotive: -40 to +125°CA

Frequency $$

800 MHz2(Industrial grade) 08

852 MHz (Automotive grade) 08

1 GHz310

1.2 GHz 12

Package type RoHS

FCPBGA 21x21 0.8mm (lidded) VT

FCPBGA 21x21 0.8mm (non lidded) YM

Qualification level MC

Prototype Samples PC

Mass Production MC

Special SC

Part # series X

i.MX 6Quad Q

i.MX 6Dual D

Silicon revision1A

Rev 1.2 C

Rev 1.3 D

Rev 1.6 E

Fusing %

Default setting A

HDCP enabled C

MC IMX6 X@+VV $$ %A

1. See the nxp.com\imx6series Web page for latest information on the available silicon revision.

2. If a 24 MHz input clock is used (required for USB), the maximum SoC speed is limited to 792 MHz.

3. If a 24 MHz input clock is used (required for USB), the maximum SoC speed is limited to 996 MHz.

Introduction

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 5

• Frequency of the core (including Neon and L1 cache) as per Table 6.

• NEON MPE coprocessor

— SIMD Media Processing Architecture

— NEON register file with 32x64-bit general-purpose registers

— NEON Integer execute pipeline (ALU, Shift, MAC)

— NEON dual, single-precision floating point execute pipeline (FADD, FMUL)

— NEON load/store and permute pipeline

The SoC-level memory system consists of the following additional components:

• Boot ROM, including HAB (96 KB)

• Internal multimedia / shared, fast access RAM (OCRAM, 256 KB)

• Secure/non-secure RAM (16 KB)

• External memory interfaces:

— 16-bit, 32-bit, and 64-bit DDR3-1066, DDR3L-1066, and 1/2 LPDDR2-800 channels,

supporting DDR interleaving mode, for dual x32 LPDDR2

— 8-bit NAND-Flash, including support for Raw MLC/SLC, 2 KB, 4 KB, and 8 KB page size,

BA-NAND, PBA-NAND, LBA-NAND, OneNAND™ and others. BCH ECC up to 40 bit.

— 16/32-bit NOR Flash. All EIMv2 pins are muxed on other interfaces.

— 16/32-bit PSRAM, Cellular RAM

Each i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processor enables the following interfaces to external devices (some of them are

muxed and not available simultaneously):

• Hard Disk Drives—SATA II, 3.0 Gbps

• Displays—Total five interfaces available. Total raw pixel rate of all interfaces is up to 450

Mpixels/sec, 24 bpp. Up to four interfaces may be active in parallel.

— One Parallel 24-bit display port, up to 225 Mpixels/sec (for example, WUXGA at 60 Hz or dual

HD1080 and WXGA at 60 Hz)

— LVDS serial ports—One port up to 170 Mpixels/sec (for example, WUXGA at 60 Hz) or two

ports up to 85 MP/sec each

— HDMI 1.4 port

— MIPI/DSI, two lanes at 1 Gbps

• Camera sensors:

— Parallel Camera port (up to 20 bit and up to 240 MHz peak)

— MIPI CSI-2 serial camera port, supporting up to 1000 Mbps/lane in 1/2/3-lane mode and up to

800 Mbps/lane in 4-lane mode. The CSI-2 Receiver core can manage one clock lane and up to

four data lanes. Each i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processor has four lanes.

• Expansion cards:

— Four MMC/SD/SDIO card ports all supporting:

– 1-bit or 4-bit transfer mode specifications for SD and SDIO cards up to UHS-I SDR-104

mode (104 MB/s max)

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

6NXP Semiconductors

Introduction

– 1-bit, 4-bit, or 8-bit transfer mode specifications for MMC cards up to 52 MHz in both SDR

and DDR modes (104 MB/s max)

•USB:

— One High Speed (HS) USB 2.0 OTG (Up to 480 Mbps), with integrated HS USB PHY

— Three USB 2.0 (480 Mbps) hosts:

– One HS host with integrated High Speed PHY

– Two HS hosts with integrated High Speed Inter-Chip (HS-IC) USB PHY

• Expansion PCI Express port (PCIe) v2.0 one lane

— PCI Express (Gen 2.0) dual mode complex, supporting Root complex operations and Endpoint

operations. Uses x1 PHY configuration.

• Miscellaneous IPs and interfaces:

— SSI block capable of supporting audio sample frequencies up to 192 kHz stereo inputs and

outputs with I2S mode

— ESAI is capable of supporting audio sample frequencies up to 260 kHz in I2S mode with

7.1 multi channel outputs

— Five UARTs, up to 5.0 Mbps each:

– Providing RS232 interface

– Supporting 9-bit RS485 multidrop mode

– One of the five UARTs (UART1) supports 8-wire while the other four support 4-wire. This

is due to the SoC IOMUX limitation, because all UART IPs are identical.

— Five eCSPI (Enhanced CSPI)

— Three I2C, supporting 400 kbps

— Gigabit Ethernet Controller (IEEE1588 compliant), 10/100/10001 Mbps

— Four Pulse Width Modulators (PWM)

— System JTAG Controller (SJC)

— GPIO with interrupt capabilities

— 8x8 Key Pad Port (KPP)

— Sony Philips Digital Interconnect Format (SPDIF), Rx and Tx

— Two Controller Area Network (FlexCAN), 1 Mbps each

— Two Watchdog timers (WDOG)

— Audio MUX (AUDMUX)

The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processors integrate advanced power management unit and controllers:

• Provide PMU, including LDO supplies, for on-chip resources

• Use Temperature Sensor for monitoring the die temperature

• Support DVFS techniques for low power modes

• Use Software State Retention and Power Gating for Arm and MPE

1. The theoretical maximum performance of 1 Gbps ENET is limited to 470 Mbps (total for Tx and Rx) due to internal bus

throughput limitations. The actual measured performance in optimized environment is up to 400 Mbps. For details, see the

ERR004512 erratum in the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad errata document (IMX6DQCE).

Introduction

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 7

• Support various levels of system power modes

• Use flexible clock gating control scheme

The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processors use dedicated hardware accelerators to meet the targeted multimedia

performance. The use of hardware accelerators is a key factor in obtaining high performance at low power

consumption numbers, while having the CPU core relatively free for performing other tasks.

The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processors incorporate the following hardware accelerators:

• VPU—Video Processing Unit

• IPUv3H—Image Processing Unit version 3H (2 IPUs)

• GPU3Dv4—3D Graphics Processing Unit (OpenGL ES 2.0) version 4

• GPU2Dv2—2D Graphics Processing Unit (BitBlt) version 2

• GPUVG—OpenVG 1.1 Graphics Processing Unit

• ASRC—Asynchronous Sample Rate Converter

Security functions are enabled and accelerated by the following hardware:

• Arm TrustZone including the TZ architecture (separation of interrupts, memory mapping, etc.)

• SJC—System JTAG Controller. Protecting JTAG from debug port attacks by regulating or blocking

the access to the system debug features.

• CAAM—Cryptographic Acceleration and Assurance Module, containing 16 KB secure RAM and

True and Pseudo Random Number Generator (NIST certified)

• SNVS—Secure Non-Volatile Storage, including Secure Real Time Clock

• CSU—Central Security Unit. Enhancement for the IC Identification Module (IIM). Will be

configured during boot and by eFUSEs and will determine the security level operation mode as

well as the TZ policy.

• A-HAB—Advanced High Assurance Boot—HABv4 with the new embedded enhancements:

SHA-256, 2048-bit RSA key, version control mechanism, warm boot, CSU, and TZ initialization.

1.3 Signal Naming Convention

Throughout this document, the updated signal names are used except where referenced as a ball name

(such as the Functional Contact Assignments table, Ball Map table, and so on). A master list of the signal

name changes is in the document, IMX 6 Series Standardized Signal Name Map (EB792). This list can be

used to map the signal names used in older documentation to the new standardized naming conventions.

The signal names of the i.MX6 series of products are standardized to align the signal names within the

family and across the documentation. Benefits of this standardization are as follows:

• Signal names are unique within the scope of an SoC and within the series of products

• Searches will return all occurrences of the named signal

• Signal names are consistent between i.MX 6 series products implementing the same modules

• The module instance is incorporated into the signal name

This standardization applies only to signal names. The ball names are preserved to prevent the need to

change schematics, BSDL models, IBIS models, and so on.

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

8NXP Semiconductors

Architectural Overview

2 Architectural Overview

The following subsections provide an architectural overview of the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processor system.

2.1 Block Diagram

Figure 2 shows the functional modules in the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processor system.

Figure 2. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Industrial Grade System Block Diagram

NOTE

The numbers in brackets indicate number of module instances. For example,

PWM (4) indicates four separate PWM peripherals.

Industrial

Standard

Block Diagram

Application Processor

Smart DMA

(SDMA)

Shared Peripherals

AP Peripherals

ARM Cortex A9

SSI (3) eCSPI (5)

MPCore Platform

Timers/Control

GPT

PWM (4)

EPIT (2)

GPIO

WDOG (2)

C(3)

IOMUXC

OCOTP

AUDMUX

KPP

Boot

ROM

CSU

Fuse Box

Debug

DAP

TPIU

CAAM

(16KB Ram)

Security

USB OTG +

3 HS Ports

CTIs

Internal

Host PHY2

OTG PHY1

ESAI

External

Memory

RAM

(272KB)

LDB

1 / 2 LCD

Displays

Domain (AP)

SJC 1MB L2 cache

SCU, Timer

WLAN USB OTG

JTAG

(IEEE1149.6)

Bluetooth

MMC/SD

eMMC/eSD

SATA II

3.0Gbps

GPS

Audio,

Power

Mngmnt

SPBA

CAN(2)

Digital

Audio

5xFast-UART

SPDIF Rx/Tx

Video

Proc. Unit

(VPU + Cache)

3D Graphics

Proc. Unit

(GPU3D)

AXI and AHB Switch Fabric

1 / 2 LVDS

(WUXGA+)

Battery Ctrl

Device

NOR Flash

PSRAM

LPDDR2 (400MHz)

DDR3 (532MHz)

1-Gbps ENET

4x Camera

Parallel/MIPI

(96KB)

Clock and Reset

PLL (8)

CCM

GPC

SRC

XTALOSC

OSC32K

PTM’s CTI’s

HDMI 1.4

Display

GPMI

HSI/MIPI

MIPI

Display

DSI/MIPICSI2/MIPI HDMI

2xHSIC

PHY

PCIe Bus

ASRC SNVS

(SRTC)

uSDHC (4)

Modem IC

2D Graphics

Proc. Unit

(GPU2D)

MMC/SD

SDXC

Raw/ONFI 2.2

Nand-Flash

MMDC

EIM

Keypad

A9-Core

L1 I/D Cache

Timer, Wdog

Crystals

& Clock sources

Image Processing

Subsystem

2x IPUv3H

Temp Monitor

OpenVG 1.1

Proc.

Unit

(GPU

VG)

Mbps

10/100/1000

Ethernet

(dev/host)

Interface

2xCAN

Interface

Modules List

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 9

3 Modules List

The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processors contain a variety of digital and analog modules. Table 2 describes these

modules in alphabetical order.

Table 2. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Modules List

Block

Mnemonic Block Name Subsystem Brief Description

512 x 8 Fuse

Box

Electrical Fuse Array Security Electrical Fuse Array. Enables to setup Boot Modes, Security Levels,

Security Keys, and many other system parameters.

The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processors consist of 512x8-bit fuse box

accessible through OCOTP_CTRL interface.

APBH-DMA NAND Flash and

BCH ECC DMA

Controller

System

Control

Peripherals

DMA controller used for GPMI2 operation.

Arm Arm Platform Arm The Arm Cortex-A9 platform consists of 4x (four) Cortex-A9 cores version

r2p10 and associated sub-blocks, including Level 2 Cache Controller,

SCU (Snoop Control Unit), GIC (General Interrupt Controller), private

timers, Watchdog, and CoreSight debug modules.

ASRC Asynchronous

Sample Rate

Converter

Multimedia

Peripherals

The Asynchronous Sample Rate Converter (ASRC) converts the

sampling rate of a signal associated to an input clock into a signal

associated to a different output clock. The ASRC supports concurrent

sample rate conversion of up to 10 channels of about -120dB THD+N. The

sample rate conversion of each channel is associated to a pair of

incoming and outgoing sampling rates. The ASRC supports up to three

sampling rate pairs.

AUDMUX Digital Audio Mux Multimedia

Peripherals

The AUDMUX is a programmable interconnect for voice, audio, and

synchronous data routing between host serial interfaces (for example,

SSI1, SSI2, and SSI3) and peripheral serial interfaces (audio and voice

codecs). The AUDMUX has seven ports with identical functionality and

programming models. A desired connectivity is achieved by configuring

two or more AUDMUX ports.

BCH40 Binary-BCH ECC

Processor

System

Control

Peripherals

The BCH40 module provides up to 40-bit ECC error correction for NAND

Flash controller (GPMI).

CAAM Cryptographic

Accelerator and

Assurance Module

Security CAAM is a cryptographic accelerator and assurance module. CAAM

implements several encryption and hashing functions, a run-time integrity

checker, and a Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG). The pseudo

random number generator is certified by Cryptographic Algorithm

Validation Program (CAVP) of National Institute of Standards and

Technology (NIST). Its DRBG validation number is 94 and its SHS

validation number is 1455.

CAAM also implements a Secure Memory mechanism. In i.MX

6Dual/6Quad processors, the security memory provided is 16 KB.

CCM

GPC

SRC

Clock Control

Module, General

Power Controller,

System Reset

Controller

Clocks,

Resets, and

Power Control

These modules are responsible for clock and reset distribution in the

system, and also for the system power management.

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

10 NXP Semiconductors

Modules List

CSI MIPI CSI-2 Interface Multimedia

Peripherals

The CSI IP provides MIPI CSI-2 standard camera interface port. The

CSI-2 interface supports up to 1 Gbps for up to 3 data lanes and up to 800

Mbps for 4 data lanes.

CSU Central Security Unit Security The Central Security Unit (CSU) is responsible for setting comprehensive

security policy within the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad platform. The Security

Control Registers (SCR) of the CSU are set during boot time by the HAB

and are locked to prevent further writing.

CTI-0

CTI-1

CTI-2

CTI-3

CTI-4

Cross Trigger

Interfaces

Debug / Trace Cross Trigger Interfaces allows cross-triggering based on inputs from

masters attached to CTIs. The CTI module is internal to the Cortex-A9

Core Platform.

CTM Cross Trigger Matrix Debug / Trace Cross Trigger Matrix IP is used to route triggering events between CTIs.

The CTM module is internal to the Cortex-A9 Core Platform.

DAP Debug Access Port System

Control

Peripherals

The DAP provides real-time access for the debugger without halting the

core to:

• System memory and peripheral registers

• All debug configuration registers

The DAP also provides debugger access to JTAG scan chains. The DAP

module is internal to the Cortex-A9 Core Platform.

DCIC-0

DCIC-1

Display Content

Integrity Checker

Automotive IP The DCIC provides integrity check on portion(s) of the display. Each i.MX

6Dual/6Quad processor has two such modules, one for each IPU.

DSI MIPI DSI interface Multimedia

Peripherals

The MIPI DSI IP provides DSI standard display port interface. The DSI

interface support 80 Mbps to 1 Gbps speed per data lane.

eCSPI1-5 Configurable SPI Connectivity

Peripherals

Full-duplex enhanced Synchronous Serial Interface. It is configurable to

support Master/Slave modes, four chip selects to support multiple

peripherals.

ENET Ethernet Controller Connectivity

Peripherals

The Ethernet Media Access Controller (MAC) is designed to support

10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet/IEEE 802.3 networks. An external

transceiver interface and transceiver function are required to complete the

interface to the media. The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processors also consist of

hardware assist for IEEE 1588 standard. For details, see the ENET

chapter of the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad reference manual (IMX6DQRM).

Note: The theoretical maximum performance of 1 Gbps ENET is limited

to 470 Mbps (total for Tx and Rx) due to internal bus throughput

limitations. The actual measured performance in optimized environment

is up to 400 Mbps. For details, see the ERR004512 erratum in the i.MX

6Dual/6Quad errata document (IMX6DQCE).

EPIT-1

EPIT-2

Enhanced Periodic

Interrupt Timer

Timer

Peripherals

Each EPIT is a 32-bit “set and forget” timer that starts counting after the

EPIT is enabled by software. It is capable of providing precise interrupts

at regular intervals with minimal processor intervention. It has a 12-bit

prescaler for division of input clock frequency to get the required time

setting for the interrupts to occur, and counter value can be programmed

on the fly.

Table 2. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Modules List (continued)

Block

Mnemonic Block Name Subsystem Brief Description

Modules List

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 11

ESAI Enhanced Serial

Audio Interface

Connectivity

Peripherals

The Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) provides a full-duplex serial

port for serial communication with a variety of serial devices, including

industry-standard codecs, SPDIF transceivers, and other processors.

The ESAI consists of independent transmitter and receiver sections, each

section with its own clock generator. All serial transfers are synchronized

to a clock. Additional synchronization signals are used to delineate the

word frames. The normal mode of operation is used to transfer data at a

periodic rate, one word per period. The network mode is also intended for

periodic transfers; however, it supports up to 32 words (time slots) per

period. This mode can be used to build time division multiplexed (TDM)

networks. In contrast, the on-demand mode is intended for non-periodic

transfers of data and to transfer data serially at high speed when the data

becomes available.

The ESAI has 12 pins for data and clocking connection to external

devices.

FlexCAN-1

FlexCAN-2

Flexible Controller

Area Network

Connectivity

Peripherals

The CAN protocol was primarily, but not only, designed to be used as a

vehicle serial data bus, meeting the specific requirements of this field:

real-time processing, reliable operation in the Electromagnetic

interference (EMI) environment of a vehicle, cost-effectiveness and

required bandwidth. The FlexCAN module is a full implementation of the

CAN protocol specification, Version 2.0 B, which supports both standard

and extended message frames.

GPIO-1

GPIO-2

GPIO-3

GPIO-4

GPIO-5

GPIO-6

GPIO-7

General Purpose I/O

Modules

System

Control

Peripherals

Used for general purpose input/output to external devices. Each GPIO

module supports 32 bits of I/O.

GPMI General Purpose

Media Interface

Connectivity

Peripherals

The GPMI module supports up to 8x NAND devices. 40-bit ECC error

correction for NAND Flash controller (GPMI2). The GPMI supports

separate DMA channels per NAND device.

GPT General Purpose

Timer

Peripherals

Each GPT is a 32-bit “free-running” or “set and forget” mode timer with

programmable prescaler and compare and capture register. A timer

counter value can be captured using an external event and can be

configured to trigger a capture event on either the leading or trailing edges

of an input pulse. When the timer is configured to operate in “set and

forget” mode, it is capable of providing precise interrupts at regular

intervals with minimal processor intervention. The counter has output

compare logic to provide the status and interrupt at comparison. This

timer can be configured to run either on an external clock or on an internal

clock.

GPU2Dv2 Graphics Processing

Unit-2D, ver. 2

Multimedia

Peripherals

The GPU2Dv2 provides hardware acceleration for 2D graphics

algorithms, such as Bit BLT, stretch BLT, and many other 2D functions.

GPU3Dv4 Graphics Processing

Unit-3D, ver. 4

Multimedia

Peripherals

The GPU2Dv4 provides hardware acceleration for 3D graphics algorithms

with sufficient processor power to run desktop quality interactive graphics

applications on displays up to HD1080 resolution. The GPU3D provides

OpenGL ES 2.0, including extensions, OpenGL ES 1.1, and OpenVG 1.1

Table 2. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Modules List (continued)

Block

Mnemonic Block Name Subsystem Brief Description

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

12 NXP Semiconductors

Modules List

GPUVGv2 Vector Graphics

Processing Unit,

ver. 2

Multimedia

Peripherals

OpenVG graphics accelerator provides OpenVG 1.1 support as well as

other accelerations, including Real-time hardware curve tesselation of

lines, quadratic and cubic Bezier curves, 16x Line Anti-aliasing, and

various Vector Drawing functions.

HDMI Tx HDMI Tx interface Multimedia

Peripherals

The HDMI module provides HDMI standard interface port to an HDMI 1.4

compliant display.

HSI MIPI HSI interface Connectivity

Peripherals

The MIPI HSI provides a standard MIPI interface to the applications

processor.

I2C-1

I2C-2

I2C-3

I2C Interface Connectivity

Peripherals

I2C provide serial interface for external devices. Data rates of up to 400

kbps are supported.

IOMUXC IOMUX Control System

Control

Peripherals

This module enables flexible IO multiplexing. Each IO pad has default and

several alternate functions. The alternate functions are software

configurable.

IPUv3H-1

IPUv3H-2

Image Processing

Unit, ver. 3H

Multimedia

Peripherals

IPUv3H enables connectivity to displays and video sources, relevant

processing and synchronization and control capabilities, allowing

autonomous operation.

The IPUv3H supports concurrent output to two display ports and

concurrent input from two camera ports, through the following interfaces:

• Parallel Interfaces for both display and camera

• Single/dual channel LVDS display interface

• HDMI transmitter

• MIPI/DSI transmitter

• MIPI/CSI-2 receiver

The processing includes:

• Image conversions: resizing, rotation, inversion, and color space

conversion

• A high-quality de-interlacing filter

• Video/graphics combining

• Image enhancement: color adjustment and gamut mapping, gamma

correction, and contrast enhancement

• Support for display backlight reduction

KPP Key Pad Port Connectivity

Peripherals

KPP Supports 8 x 8 external key pad matrix. KPP features are:

• Open drain design

• Glitch suppression circuit design

• Multiple keys detection

• Standby key press detection

LDB LVDS Display Bridge Connectivity

Peripherals

LVDS Display Bridge is used to connect the IPU (Image Processing Unit)

to External LVDS Display Interface. LDB supports two channels; each

channel has following signals:

• One clock pair

• Four data pairs

Each signal pair contains LVDS special differential pad (PadP, PadM).

Table 2. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Modules List (continued)

Block

Mnemonic Block Name Subsystem Brief Description

Modules List

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 13

MMDC Multi-Mode DDR

Controller

Connectivity

Peripherals

DDR Controller has the following features:

• Supports 16/32/64-bit DDR3 / DDR3L or LPDDR2

• Supports both dual x32 for LPDDR2 and x64 DDR3 / LPDDR2

configurations (including 2x32 interleaved mode)

• Supports up to 4 GByte DDR memory space

OCOTP_CTRL OTP Controller Security The On-Chip OTP controller (OCOTP_CTRL) provides an interface for

reading, programming, and/or overriding identification and control

information stored in on-chip fuse elements. The module supports

electrically-programmable poly fuses (eFUSEs). The OCOTP_CTRL also

provides a set of volatile software-accessible signals that can be used for

software control of hardware elements, not requiring non-volatility. The

OCOTP_CTRL provides the primary user-visible mechanism for

interfacing with on-chip fuse elements. Among the uses for the fuses are

unique chip identifiers, mask revision numbers, cryptographic keys, JTAG

secure mode, boot characteristics, and various control signals, requiring

permanent non-volatility.

OCRAM On-Chip Memory

Controller

Data Path The On-Chip Memory controller (OCRAM) module is designed as an

interface between system’s AXI bus and internal (on-chip) SRAM memory

module.

In i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processors, the OCRAM is used for controlling the

256 KB multimedia RAM through a 64-bit AXI bus.

OSC 32 kHz OSC 32 kHz Clocking Generates 32.768 kHz clock from an external crystal.

PCIe PCI Express 2.0 Connectivity

Peripherals

The PCIe IP provides PCI Express Gen 2.0 functionality.

PMU Power-Management

Functions

Data Path Integrated power management unit. Used to provide power to various

SoC domains.

PWM-1

PWM-2

PWM-3

PWM-4

Pulse Width

Modulation

Connectivity

Peripherals

The pulse-width modulator (PWM) has a 16-bit counter and is optimized

to generate sound from stored sample audio images and it can also

generate tones. It uses 16-bit resolution and a 4x16 data FIFO to generate

sound.

RAM

16 KB

Secure/non-secure

RAM

Secured

Internal

Memory

Secure/non-secure Internal RAM, interfaced through the CAAM.

RAM

256 KB

Internal RAM Internal

Memory

Internal RAM, which is accessed through OCRAM memory controllers.

ROM

96 KB

Boot ROM Internal

Memory

Supports secure and regular Boot Modes. Includes read protection on 4K

region for content protection

ROMCP ROM Controller with

Patch

Data Path ROM Controller with ROM Patch support

SATA Serial ATA Connectivity

Peripherals

The SATA controller and PHY is a complete mixed-signal IP solution

designed to implement SATA II, 3.0 Gbps HDD connectivity.

Table 2. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Modules List (continued)

Block

Mnemonic Block Name Subsystem Brief Description

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

14 NXP Semiconductors

Modules List

SDMA Smart Direct Memory

Access

System

Control

Peripherals

The SDMA is multi-channel flexible DMA engine. It helps in maximizing

system performance by off-loading the various cores in dynamic data

routing. It has the following features:

• Powered by a 16-bit Instruction-Set micro-RISC engine

• Multi-channel DMA supporting up to 32 time-division multiplexed DMA

channels

• 48 events with total flexibility to trigger any combination of channels

• Memory accesses including linear, FIFO, and 2D addressing

• Shared peripherals between Arm and SDMA

• Very fast context-switching with 2-level priority based preemptive

multi-tasking

• DMA units with auto-flush and prefetch capability

• Flexible address management for DMA transfers (increment,

decrement, and no address changes on source and destination

address)

• DMA ports can handle unit-directional and bi-directional flows (copy

mode)

• Up to 8-word buffer for configurable burst transfers

• Support of byte-swapping and CRC calculations

• Library of Scripts and API is available

SJC System JTAG

Controller

System

Control

Peripherals

The SJC provides JTAG interface, which complies with JTAG TAP

standards, to internal logic. The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processors use JTAG

port for production, testing, and system debugging. In addition, the SJC

provides BSR (Boundary Scan Register) standard support, which

complies with IEEE1149.1 and IEEE1149.6 standards.

The JTAG port must be accessible during platform initial laboratory

bring-up, for manufacturing tests and troubleshooting, as well as for

software debugging by authorized entities. The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad SJC

incorporates three security modes for protecting against unauthorized

accesses. Modes are selected through eFUSE configuration.

SNVS Secure Non-Volatile

Storage

Security Secure Non-Volatile Storage, including Secure Real Time Clock, Security

State Machine, Master Key Control, and Violation/Tamper Detection and

reporting.

SPDIF Sony Philips Digital

Interconnect Format

Multimedia

Peripherals

A standard audio file transfer format, developed jointly by the Sony and

Phillips corporations. It supports Transmitter and Receiver functionality.

SSI-1

SSI-2

SSI-3

I2S/SSI/AC97

Interface

Connectivity

Peripherals

The SSI is a full-duplex synchronous interface, which is used on the

processor to provide connectivity with off-chip audio peripherals. The SSI

supports a wide variety of protocols (SSI normal, SSI network, I2S, and

AC-97), bit depths (up to 24 bits per word), and clock / frame sync options.

The SSI has two pairs of 8x24 FIFOs and hardware support for an

external DMA controller to minimize its impact on system performance.

The second pair of FIFOs provides hardware interleaving of a second

audio stream that reduces CPU overhead in use cases where two time

slots are being used simultaneously.

Table 2. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Modules List (continued)

Block

Mnemonic Block Name Subsystem Brief Description

Modules List

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 15

TEMPMON Temperature Monitor System

Control

Peripherals

The temperature monitor/sensor IP module for detecting high temperature

conditions. The temperature read out does not reflect case or ambient

temperature. It reflects the temperature in proximity of the sensor location

on the die. Temperature distribution may not be uniformly distributed;

therefore, the read out value may not be the reflection of the temperature

value for the entire die.

TZASC Trust-Zone Address

Space Controller

Security The TZASC (TZC-380 by Arm) provides security address region control

functions required for intended application. It is used on the path to the

DRAM controller.

UART-1

UART-2

UART-3

UART-4

UART-5

UART Interface Connectivity

Peripherals

Each of the UARTv2 modules support the following serial data

transmit/receive protocols and configurations:

• 7- or 8-bit data words, 1 or 2 stop bits, programmable parity (even, odd

or none)

• Programmable baud rates up to 5 MHz

• 32-byte FIFO on Tx and 32 half-word FIFO on Rx supporting auto-baud

• IrDA 1.0 support (up to SIR speed of 115200 bps)

• Option to operate as 8-pins full UART, DCE, or DTE

USBOH3A USB 2.0 High Speed

OTG and 3x HS

Hosts

Connectivity

Peripherals

USBOH3 contains:

• One high-speed OTG module with integrated HS USB PHY

• One high-speed Host module with integrated HS USB PHY

• Two identical high-speed Host modules connected to HSIC USB ports.

Table 2. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Modules List (continued)

Block

Mnemonic Block Name Subsystem Brief Description

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

16 NXP Semiconductors

Modules List

uSDHC-1

uSDHC-2

uSDHC-4

SD/MMC and SDXC

Enhanced

Multi-Media Card /

Secure Digital Host

Controller

Connectivity

Peripherals

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad specific SoC characteristics:

All four MMC/SD/SDIO controller IPs are identical and are based on the

uSDHC IP. They are:

• Conforms to the SD Host Controller Standard Specification version 3.0

• Fully compliant with MMC command/response sets and Physical Layer

as defined in the Multimedia Card System Specification,

v4.2/4.3/4.4/4.41 including high-capacity (size > 2 GB) cards HC MMC.

Hardware reset as specified for eMMC cards is supported at ports #3

and #4 only.

• Fully compliant with SD command/response sets and Physical Layer

as defined in the SD Memory Card Specifications, v3.0 including

high-capacity SDHC cards up to 32 GB and SDXC cards up to 2TB.

• Fully compliant with SDIO command/response sets and

interrupt/read-wait mode as defined in the SDIO Card Specification,

Part E1, v1.10

• Fully compliant with SD Card Specification, Part A2, SD Host

Controller Standard Specification, v2.00

All four ports support:

• 1-bit or 4-bit transfer mode specifications for SD and SDIO cards up to

UHS-I SDR104 mode (104 MB/s max)

• 1-bit, 4-bit, or 8-bit transfer mode specifications for MMC cards up to 52

MHz in both SDR and DDR modes (104 MB/s max)

However, the SoC-level integration and I/O muxing logic restrict the

functionality to the following:

• Instances #1 and #2 are primarily intended to serve as external slots or

interfaces to on-board SDIO devices. These ports are equipped with

“Card Detection” and “Write Protection” pads and do not support

hardware reset.

• Instances #3 and #4 are primarily intended to serve interfaces to

embedded MMC memory or interfaces to on-board SDIO devices.

These ports do not have “Card detection” and “Write Protection” pads

and do support hardware reset.

• All ports can work with 1.8 V and 3.3 V cards. There are two completely

independent I/O power domains for Ports #1 and #2 in four bit

configuration (SD interface). Port #3 is placed in his own independent

power domain and port #4 shares power domain with some other

interfaces.

VDOA VDOA Multimedia

Peripherals

The Video Data Order Adapter (VDOA) is used to re-order video data from

the “tiled” order used by the VPU to the conventional raster-scan order

needed by the IPU.

VPU Video Processing

Unit

Multimedia

Peripherals

A high-performing video processing unit (VPU), which covers many

SD-level and HD-level video decoders and SD-level encoders as a

multi-standard video codec engine as well as several important video

processing, such as rotation and mirroring.

See the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad reference manual (IMX6DQRM) for complete

list of VPU’s decoding/encoding capabilities.

WDOG-1 Watchdog Timer

Peripherals

The Watchdog Timer supports two comparison points during each

counting period. Each of the comparison points is configurable to evoke

an interrupt to the Arm core, and a second point evokes an external event

on the WDOG line.

Table 2. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Modules List (continued)

Block

Mnemonic Block Name Subsystem Brief Description

Modules List

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 17

3.1 Special Signal Considerations

The package contact assignments can be found in Section 6, “Package Information and Contact

Assignments.” Signal descriptions are defined in the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad reference manual (IMX6DQRM).

Special signal consideration information is contained in the Hardware Development Guide for i.MX

6Quad, 6Dual, 6DualLite, 6Solo Families of Applications Processors (IMX6DQ6SDLHDG).

3.2 Recommended Connections for Unused Analog Interfaces

The recommended connections for unused analog interfaces can be found in the section, “Unused analog

interfaces,” of the Hardware Development Guide for i.MX 6Quad, 6Dual, 6DualLite, 6Solo Families of

Applications Processors (IMX6DQ6SDLHDG).

WDOG-2

(TZ)

Watchdog

(TrustZone)

Timer

Peripherals

The TrustZone Watchdog (TZ WDOG) timer module protects against

TrustZone starvation by providing a method of escaping normal mode and

forcing a switch to the TZ mode. TZ starvation is a situation where the

normal OS prevents switching to the TZ mode. Such a situation is

undesirable as it can compromise the system’s security. Once the TZ

WDOG module is activated, it must be serviced by TZ software on a

periodic basis. If servicing does not take place, the timer times out. Upon

a time-out, the TZ WDOG asserts a TZ mapped interrupt that forces

switching to the TZ mode. If it is still not served, the TZ WDOG asserts a

security violation signal to the CSU. The TZ WDOG module cannot be

programmed or deactivated by a normal mode Software.

EIM NOR-Flash /PSRAM

interface

Connectivity

Peripherals

The EIM NOR-FLASH / PSRAM provides:

• Support 16-bit (in muxed IO mode only) PSRAM memories (sync and

async operating modes), at slow frequency

• Support 16-bit (in muxed IO mode only) NOR-Flash memories, at slow

frequency

• Multiple chip selects

XTALOSC Crystal Oscillator

interface

— The XTALOSC module enables connectivity to external crystal oscillator

device. In a typical application use-case, it is used for 24 MHz oscillator.

Table 2. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Modules List (continued)

Block

Mnemonic Block Name Subsystem Brief Description

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

18 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4 Electrical Characteristics

This section provides the device and module-level electrical characteristics for the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad

processors.

4.1 Chip-Level Conditions

This section provides the device-level electrical characteristics for the SoC. See Table 3 for a quick

reference to the individual tables and sections.

4.1.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings

CAUTION

Stresses beyond those listed under Table 4 may affect reliability or cause

permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings only. Functional

operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those

indicated in the Operating Ranges or Parameters tables is not implied.

Table 3. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Chip-Level Conditions

For these characteristics, … Topic appears …

Absolute Maximum Ratings on page 19

FCPBGA Package Thermal Resistance on page 20

Operating Ranges on page 21

External Clock Sources on page 23

Maximum Measured Supply Currents on page 25

Low Power Mode Supply Currents on page 26

USB PHY Current Consumption on page 28

SATA Typical Power Consumption on page 28

PCIe 2.0 Maximum Power Consumption on page 29

HDMI Maximum Power Consumption on page 30

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 19

Table 4. Absolute Maximum Ratings

Parameter Description Symbol Min Max Unit

Core supply input voltage (LDO enabled) VDD_ARM_IN

VDD_ARM23_IN

VDD_SOC_IN

-0.3 1.6 V

Core supply input voltage (LDO bypass) VDD_ARM_IN

VDD_ARM23_IN

VDD_SOC_IN

-0.3 1.4 V

Core supply output voltage (LDO enabled) VDD_ARM_CAP

VDD_SOC_CAP

VDD_PU_CAP

NVCC_PLL_OUT

-0.3 1.4 V

VDD_HIGH_IN supply voltage VDD_HIGH_IN -0.3 3.7 V

DDR I/O supply voltage NVCC_DRAM -0.4 1.975 (See note 1)

1The absolute maximum voltage includes an allowance for 400 mV of overshoot on the IO pins. Per JEDEC standards, the

allowed signal overshoot must be derated if NVCC_DRAM exceeds 1.575V.

GPIO I/O supply voltage NVCC_CSI

NVCC_EIM

NVCC_ENET

NVCC_GPIO

NVCC_LCD

NVCC_NAND

NVCC_SD

NVCC_JTAG

-0.5 3.7 V

HDMI, PCIe, and SATA PHY high (VPH) supply voltage HDMI_VPH

PCIE_VPH

SATA_VPH

-0.3 2.85 V

HDMI, PCIe, and SATA PHY low (VP) supply voltage HDMI_VP

PCIE_VP

SATA_VP

-0.3 1.4 V

LVDS and MIPI I/O supply voltage (2.5V supply) NVCC_LVDS_2P5

NVCC_MIPI -0.3 2.85 V

PCIe PHY supply voltage PCIE_VPTX -0.3 1.4 V

RGMII I/O supply voltage NVCC_RGMII -0.5 2.725 V

SNVS IN supply voltage

(Secure Non-Volatile Storage and Real Time Clock)

VDD_SNVS_IN -0.3 3.4 V

USB I/O supply voltage USB_H1_DN

USB_H1_DP

USB_OTG_DN

USB_OTG_DP

USB_OTG_CHD_B

-0.3 3.73 V

USB VBUS supply voltage USB_H1_VBUS

USB_OTG_VBUS —5.35 V

Vin/Vout input/output voltage range (non-DDR pins) Vin/Vout -0.5 OVDD+0.3 (See note 2)

2OVDD is the I/O supply voltage.

Vin/Vout input/output voltage range (DDR pins) Vin/Vout -0.5 OVDD+0.4 (See notes1&2) V

ESD immunity (HBM) Vesd_HBM —2000 V

ESD immunity (CDM) Vesd_CDM — 500 V

Storage temperature range Tstorage -40 150 °C

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

20 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.1.2 Thermal Resistance

NOTE

Per JEDEC JESD51-2, the intent of thermal resistance measurements is

solely for a thermal performance comparison of one package to another in a

standardized environment. This methodology is not meant to and will not

predict the performance of a package in an application-specific

environment.

4.1.2.1 FCPBGA Package Thermal Resistance

Table 5 provides the FCPBGA package thermal resistance data.

Table 5. FCPBGA Package Thermal Resistance Data

Thermal Parameter Test Conditions Symbol

Value

Unit

No Lid Lid

Junction to Ambient1

1Junction temperature is a function of die size, on-chip power dissipation, package thermal resistance, mounting site (board)

temperature, ambient temperature, air flow, power dissipation of other components on the board, and board thermal

resistance.

Single-layer board (1s); natural convection2

2Per JEDEC JESD51-3 with the single layer board horizontal. Thermal test board meets JEDEC specification for the specified

package.

RθJA 31 24 °C/W

Four-layer board (2s2p); natural convection2RθJA 22 15 °C/W

Junction to Ambient1Single-layer board (1s); air flow 200 ft/min3

3Per JEDEC JESD51-6 with the board horizontal.

RθJMA 24 17 °C/W

Four-layer board (2s2p); air flow 200 ft/min3RθJMA 18 12 °C/W

Junction to Board1,4

4Thermal resistance between the die and the printed circuit board per JEDEC JESD51-8. Board temperature is measured on

the top surface of the board near the package.

—R

θJB 12 5 °C/W

Junction to Case (top)1,5

5Thermal resistance between the die and the case top surface as measured by the cold plate method (MIL SPEC-883 Method

1012.1). The cold plate temperature is used for the case temperature. Reported value includes the thermal resistance of the

interface layer.

—R

θJCtop <0.1 1 °C/W

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 21

4.1.3 Operating Ranges

Table 6 provides the operating ranges of the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processors.

Table 6. Operating Ranges

Parameter

Description Symbol Min Typ Max1Unit Comment2

Run mode:

LDO enabled

VDD_ARM_IN

VDD_ARM23_IN3

1.2754— 1.5 V LDO Output Set Point (VDD_ARM_CAP5) of

1.150 V minimum for operation up to 792 MHz.

1.054— 1.5 V LDO Output Set Point (VDD_ARM_CAP5) of

0.925 V minimum for operation up to 396 MHz.

VDD_SOC_IN61.3504— 1.5 V 264 MHz < VPU ≤ 352 MHz; VDDSOC and

VDDPU LDO outputs (VDD_SOC_CAP and

VDD_PU_CAP) require 1.225 V minimum.

1.2754,7 — 1.5 V VPU ≤ 264 MHz; VDDSOC and VDDPU LDO

outputs (VDD_SOC_CAP and VDD_PU_CAP)

require 1.15 V minimum.

Run mode:

LDO bypassed8

VDD_ARM_IN

VDD_ARM23_IN3

1.150 — 1.3 V LDO bypassed for operation up to 792 MHz.

0.925 — 1.3 V LDO bypassed for operation up to 396 MHz.

VDD_SOC_IN61.225 — 1.3 V 264 MHz < VPU ≤ 352 MHz

1.15 — 1.3 V VPU ≤ 264 MHz

Standby/DSM mode VDD_ARM_IN

VDD_ARM23_IN3

0.9 — 1.3 V See Table 9, “Stop Mode Current and Power

Consumption,” on page 26.

VDD_SOC_IN 0.9 — 1.3 V

VDD_HIGH internal

regulator

VDD_HIGH_IN92.7 — 3.3 V Must match the range of voltages that the

rechargeable backup battery supports.

Backup battery supply

range

VDD_SNVS_IN92.8 — 3.3 V Should be supplied from the same supply as

VDD_HIGH_IN, if the system does not require

keeping real time and other data on OFF state.

USB supply voltages USB_OTG_VBUS 4.4 — 5.25 V —

USB_H1_VBUS 4.4 — 5.25 V —

DDR I/O supply NVCC_DRAM 1.14 1.2 1.3 V LPDDR2

1.425 1.5 1.575 V DDR3

1.283 1.35 1.45 V DDR3L

Supply for RGMII I/O

power group10

NVCC_RGMII 1.15 — 2.625 V • 1.15 V – 1.30 V in HSIC 1.2 V mode

• 1.43 V – 1.58 V in RGMII 1.5 V mode

• 1.70 V – 1.90 V in RGMII 1.8 V mode

• 2.25 V – 2.625 V in RGMII 2.5 V mode

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

22 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

GPIO supplies10 NVCC_CSI,

NVCC_EIM0,

NVCC_EIM1,

NVCC_EIM2,

NVCC_ENET,

NVCC_GPIO,

NVCC_LCD,

NVCC_NANDF,

NVCC_SD1,

NVCC_SD2,

NVCC_SD3,

NVCC_JTAG

1.65 1.8,

2.8,

3.3

3.6 V Isolation between the NVCC_EIMx and

NVCC_SDx different supplies allow them to

operate at different voltages within the specified

range.

Example: NVCC_EIM1 can operate at 1.8 V

while NVCC_EIM2 operates at 3.3 V.

NVCC_LVDS_2P511

NVCC_MIPI

2.25 2.5 2.75 V —

HDMI supply voltages HDMI_VP 0.99 1.1 1.3 V —

HDMI_VPH 2.25 2.5 2.75 V —

PCIe supply voltages PCIE_VP 1.023 1.1 1.3 V —

PCIE_VPH 2.325 2.5 2.75 V —

PCIE_VPTX 1.023 1.1 1.3 V —

SATA Supply voltages SATA_VP 0.99 1.1 1.3 V —

SATA_VPH 2.25 2.5 2.75 V —

Junction temperature TJ-40 90 105 °CSee i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Product Lifetime Usage

Estimates Application Note, AN4724, for

information on product lifetime (power-on

years) for this processor.

1Applying the maximum voltage results in maximum power consumption and heat generation. NXP recommends a voltage set

point = (Vmin + the supply tolerance). This results in an optimized power/speed ratio.

2See the Hardware Development Guide for i.MX 6Quad, 6Dual, 6DualLite, 6Solo Families of Applications Processors

(IMX6DQ6SDLHDG) for bypass capacitors requirements for each of the *_CAP supply outputs.

3For Quad core system, connect to VDD_ARM_IN. For Dual core system, may be shorted to GND together with

VDD_ARM23_CAP to reduce leakage.

4VDD_ARM_IN and VDD_SOC_IN must be at least 125 mV higher than the LDO Output Set Point for correct voltage regulation.

5VDD_ARM_CAP must not exceed VDD_CACHE_CAP by more than +50 mV. VDD_CACHE_CAP must not exceed

VDD_ARM_CAP by more than 200 mV.

6VDDSOC and VDDPU output voltages must be set according to this rule: VDDARM-VDDSOC/PU<50mV.

7In LDO enabled mode, the internal LDO output set points must be configured such that the:

VDD_ARM LDO output set point does not exceed the VDD_SOC LDO output set point by more than 100 mV.

VDD_SOC LDO output set point is equal to the VDD_PU LDO output set point.

The VDD_ARM LDO output set point can be lower than the VDD_SOC LDO output set point, however, the minimum output set

points shown in this table must be maintained.

8In LDO bypassed mode, the external power supply must ensure that VDD_ARM_IN does not exceed VDD_SOC_IN by more

than 100 mV. The VDD_ARM_IN supply voltage can be lower than the VDD_SOC_IN supply voltage. The minimum voltages

shown in this table must be maintained.

9To set VDD_SNVS_IN voltage with respect to Charging Currents and RTC, see the Hardware Development Guide for i.MX

6Dual, 6Quad, 6Solo, 6DualLite Families of Applications Processors (IMX6DQ6SDLHDG).

Table 6. Operating Ranges (continued)

Parameter

Description Symbol Min Typ Max1Unit Comment2

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 23

4.1.4 External Clock Sources

Each i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processor has two external input system clocks: a low frequency (RTC_XTALI)

and a high frequency (XTALI).

The RTC_XTALI is used for low-frequency functions. It supplies the clock for wake-up circuit,

power-down real time clock operation, and slow system and watchdog counters. The clock input can be

connected to either an external oscillator or a crystal using the internal oscillator amplifier. Additionally,

there is an internal ring oscillator, that can be used instead of RTC_XTALI when accuracy is not important.

The system clock input XTALI is used to generate the main system clock. It supplies the PLLs and other

peripherals. The system clock input can be connected to either an external oscillator or a crystal using the

internal oscillator amplifier.

NOTE

The internal RTC oscillator does not provide an accurate frequency and is

affected by process, voltage and temperature variations. NXP strongly

recommends using an external crystal as the RTC_XTALI reference. If the

internal oscillator is used instead, careful consideration should be given to

the timing implications on all of the SoC modules dependent on this clock.

Table 7 shows the interface frequency requirements.

The typical values shown in Table 7 are required for use with NXP BSPs to ensure precise time keeping

and USB operation. For RTC_XTALI operation, two clock sources are available:

• On-chip 40 kHz ring oscillator: This clock source has the following characteristics:

— Approximately 25 μA more Idd than crystal oscillator

— Approximately ±50% tolerance

— No external component required

— Starts up quicker than 32 kHz crystal oscillator

• External crystal oscillator with on-chip support circuit

10 All digital I/O supplies (NVCC_xxxx) must be powered under normal conditions whether the associated I/O pins are in use or

not, and associated I/O pins need to have a pull-up or pull-down resistor applied to limit any floating gate current.

11 This supply also powers the pre-drivers of the DDR I/O pins; therefore, it must always be provided, even when LVDS is not used.

Table 7. External Input Clock Frequency

Parameter Description Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

RTC_XTALI Oscillator1,2

1External oscillator or a crystal with internal oscillator amplifier.

2The required frequency stability of this clock source is application dependent. For recommendations, see the Hardware

Development Guide for i.MX 6Dual, 6Quad, 6Solo, 6DualLite Families of Applications Processors (IMX6DQ6SDLHDG).

fckil — 32.7683/32.0

3Recommended nominal frequency 32.768 kHz.

—kHz

XTALI Oscillator2,4

4External oscillator or a fundamental frequency crystal with internal oscillator amplifier.

fxtal —24—MHz

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

24 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

— At power up, an internal ring oscillator is used. After crystal oscillator is stable, the clock circuit

switches over to the crystal oscillator automatically.

— Higher accuracy than ring oscillator.

— If no external crystal is present, then the ring oscillator is used.

The decision to choose a clock source should be based on real-time clock use and precision timeout.

4.1.5 Maximum Measured Supply Currents

Power consumption is highly dependent on the application. Estimating the maximum supply currents

required for power supply design is difficult because the use case that requires maximum supply current is

not a realistic use case.

To help illustrate the effect of the application on power consumption, data was collected while running

industry standard benchmarks that are designed to be compute and graphic intensive. The results provided

are intended to be used as guidelines for power supply design.

Description of test conditions:

• The Power Virus data shown in Table 8 represent a use case designed specifically to show the

maximum current consumption possible for the Arm core complex. All cores are running at the

defined maximum frequency and are limited to L1 cache accesses only to ensure no pipeline stalls.

Although a valid condition, it would have a very limited, if any, practical use case, and be limited

to an extremely low duty cycle unless the intention was to specifically cause the worst case power

consumption.

• EEMBC CoreMark: Benchmark designed specifically for the purpose of measuring the

performance of a CPU core. More information available at www.eembc.org/coremark. Note that

this benchmark is designed as a core performance benchmark, not a power benchmark. This use

case is provided as an example of power consumption that would be typical in a

computationally-intensive application rather than the Power Virus.

• 3DMark Mobile 2011: Suite of benchmarks designed for the purpose of measuring graphics and

overall system performance. Note that this benchmark is designed as a graphics performance

benchmark, not a power benchmark. This use case is provided as an example of power

consumption that would be typical in a very graphics-intensive application.

• Devices used for the tests were from the high current end of the expected process variation.

The NXP power management IC, MMPF0100xxxx, which is targeted for the i.MX 6 series processor

family, supports the power consumption shown in Table 8, however a robust thermal design is required for

the increased system power dissipation.

See the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Power Consumption Measurement Application Note (AN4509) for more

details on typical power consumption under various use case definitions.

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 25

Table 8. Maximum Supply Currents

Power Supply Conditions

Maximum Current

Unit

Power Virus CoreMark

i.MX 6Quad:

VDD_ARM_IN + VDD_ARM23_IN

• ARM frequency = 792 MHz

• ARM LDOs set to 1.3V

•T

j = 105°C

3270 2090 mA

i.MX 6Dual: VDD_ARM_IN • ARM frequency = 792 MHz

• ARM LDOs set to 1.3V

•T

j = 105°C

1960 1250 mA

i.MX 6Dual or i.MX 6Quad:

VDD_SOC_IN

• GPU frequency = 600 MHz

• SOC LDO set to 1.3 V

•T

j = 105°C

2370 mA

VDD_HIGH_IN — 1251 mA

VDD_SNVS_IN — 2752 μA

USB_OTG_VBUS/

USB_H1_VBUS (LDO 3P0)

—25

3 mA

Primary Interface (IO) Supplies

NVCC_DRAM — (see note4)

NVCC_ENET N=10 Use maximum IO equation5

NVCC_LCD N=29 Use maximum IO equation5

NVCC_GPIO N=24 Use maximum IO equation5

NVCC_CSI N=20 Use maximum IO equation5

NVCC_EIM0 N=19 Use maximum IO equation5

NVCC_EIM1 N=14 Use maximum IO equation5

NVCC_EIM2 N=20 Use maximum IO equation5

NVCC_JTAG N=6 Use maximum IO equation5

NVCC_RGMII N=6 Use maximum IO equation5

NVCC_SD1 N=6 Use maximum IO equation5

NVCC_SD2 N=6 Use maximum IO equation5

NVCC_SD3 N=11 Use maximum IO equation5

NVCC_NANDF N=26 Use maximum IO equation5

NVCC_MIPI — 25.5 mA

NVCC_LVDS2P5 — NVCC_LVDS2P5 is connected to

VDD_HIGH_CAP at the board

level. VDD_HIGH_CAP is capable

of handing the current required by

NVCC_LVDS2P5.

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

26 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.1.6 Low Power Mode Supply Currents

Table 9 shows the current core consumption (not including I/O) of the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processors in

selected low power modes.

MISC

DRAM_VREF — 1 mA

1The actual maximum current drawn from VDD_HIGH_IN will be as shown plus any additional current drawn from the

VDD_HIGH_CAP outputs, depending upon actual application configuration (for example, NVCC_LVDS_2P5, NVCC_MIPI, or

HDMI, PCIe, and SATA VPH supplies).

2Under normal operating conditions, the maximum current on VDD_SNVS_IN is shown Table 8. The maximum VDD_SNVS_IN

current may be higher depending on specific operating configurations, such as BOOT_MODE[1:0] not equal to 00, or use of

the Tamper feature. During initial power on, VDD_SNVS_IN can draw up to 1 mA if the supply is capable of sourcing that

current. If less than 1 mA is available, the VDD_SNVS_CAP charge time will increase.

3This is the maximum current per active USB physical interface.

4The DRAM power consumption is dependent on several factors such as external signal termination. DRAM power calculators

are typically available from memory vendors which take into account factors such as signal termination.

See the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Power Consumption Measurement Application Note (AN4509) for examples of DRAM power

consumption during specific use case scenarios.

5General equation for estimated, maximum power consumption of an IO power supply:

Imax = N x C x V x (0.5 x F)

Where:

N—Number of IO pins supplied by the power line

C—Equivalent external capacitive load

V—IO voltage

(0.5 xF)—Data change rate. Up to 0.5 of the clock rate (F)

In this equation, Imax is in Amps, C in Farads, V in Volts, and F in Hertz.

Table 9. Stop Mode Current and Power Consumption

Mode Test Conditions Supply Typical1Unit

WAIT • Arm, SoC, and PU LDOs are set to 1.225 V

• HIGH LDO set to 2.5 V

• Clocks are gated

• DDR is in self refresh

• PLLs are active in bypass (24 MHz)

• Supply voltages remain ON

VDD_ARM_IN (1.4 V) 6 mA

VDD_SOC_IN (1.4 V) 23 mA

VDD_HIGH_IN (3.0 V) 3.7 mA

Total 52 mW

STOP_ON • Arm LDO set to 0.9 V

• SoC and PU LDOs set to 1.225 V

• HIGH LDO set to 2.5 V

• PLLs disabled

• DDR is in self refresh

VDD_ARM_IN (1.4 V) 7.5 mA

VDD_SOC_IN (1.4 V) 22 mA

VDD_HIGH_IN (3.0 V) 3.7 mA

Total 52 mW

Table 8. Maximum Supply Currents (continued)

Power Supply Conditions

Maximum Current

Unit

Power Virus CoreMark

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 27

STOP_OFF • Arm LDO set to 0.9 V

• SoC LDO set to 1.225 V

• PU LDO is power gated

• HIGH LDO set to 2.5 V

• PLLs disabled

• DDR is in self refresh

VDD_ARM_IN (1.4 V) 7.5 mA

VDD_SOC_IN (1.4 V) 13.5 mA

VDD_HIGH_IN (3.0 V) 3.7 mA

Total 41 mW

STANDBY • Arm and PU LDOs are power gated

• SoC LDO is in bypass

• HIGH LDO is set to 2.5 V

• PLLs are disabled

• Low voltage

• Well Bias ON

• Crystal oscillator is enabled

VDD_ARM_IN (0.9 V) 0.1 mA

VDD_SOC_IN (0.9 V) 13 mA

VDD_HIGH_IN (3.0 V) 3.7 mA

Total 22 mW

Deep Sleep Mode

(DSM)

• Arm and PU LDOs are power gated

• SoC LDO is in bypass

• HIGH LDO is set to 2.5 V

• PLLs are disabled

• Low voltage

• Well Bias ON

• Crystal oscillator and bandgap are disabled

VDD_ARM_IN (0.9 V) 0.1 mA

VDD_SOC_IN (0.9 V) 2 mA

VDD_HIGH_IN (3.0 V) 0.5 mA

Total 3.4 mW

SNVS Only • VDD_SNVS_IN powered

• All other supplies off

• SRTC running

VDD_SNVS_IN (2.8V) 41 μA

Total 115 μW

1The typical values shown here are for information only and are not guaranteed. These values are average values measured

on a worst-case wafer at 25°C.

Table 9. Stop Mode Current and Power Consumption (continued)

Mode Test Conditions Supply Typical1Unit

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

28 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.1.7 USB PHY Current Consumption

4.1.7.1 Power Down Mode

In power down mode, everything is powered down, including the VBUS valid detectors, typical condition.

Table 10 shows the USB interface current consumption in power down mode.

NOTE

The currents on the VDD_HIGH_CAP and VDD_USB_CAP were

identified to be the voltage divider circuits in the USB-specific level shifters.

4.1.8 SATA Typical Power Consumption

Table 11 provides SATA PHY currents for certain Tx operating modes.

NOTE

Tx power consumption values are provided for a single transceiver. If

T = single transceiver power and C = Clock module power, the total power

required for N lanes = N x T + C.

Table 10. USB PHY Current Consumption in Power Down Mode

VDD_USB_CAP (3.0 V) VDD_HIGH_CAP (2.5 V) NVCC_PLL_OUT (1.1 V)

Current 5.1 μA1.7 μA <0.5 μA

Table 11. SATA PHY Current Drain

Mode Test Conditions Supply Typical Current Unit

P0: Full-power state1Single Transceiver SATA_VP 11 mA

SATA_VPH 13

Clock Module SATA_VP 6.9

SATA_VPH 6.2

P0: Mobile2Single Transceiver SATA_VP 11 mA

SATA_VPH 11

Clock Module SATA_VP 6.9

SATA_VPH 6.2

P0s: Transmitter idle Single Transceiver SATA_VP 9.4 mA

SATA_VPH 2.9

Clock Module SATA_VP 6.9

SATA_VPH 6.2

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 29

4.1.9 PCIe 2.0 Maximum Power Consumption

Table 12 provides PCIe PHY currents for certain operating modes.

P1: Transmitter idle, Rx powered

down, LOS disabled

Single Transceiver SATA_VP 0.67 mA

SATA_VPH 0.23

Clock Module SATA_VP 6.9

SATA_VPH 6.2

P2: Powered-down state, only

LOS and POR enabled

Single Transceiver SATA_VP 0.53 mA

SATA_VPH 0.11

Clock Module SATA_VP 0.036

SATA_VPH 0.12

PDDQ mode3Single Transceiver SATA_VP 0.13 mA

SATA_VPH 0.012

Clock Module SATA_VP 0.008

SATA_VPH 0.004

1Programmed for 1.0 V peak-to-peak Tx level.

2Programmed for 0.9 V peak-to-peak Tx level with no boost or attenuation.

3LOW power non-functional.

Table 12. PCIe PHY Current Drain

Mode Test Conditions Supply Max Current Unit

P0: Normal Operation 5G Operations PCIE_VP (1.1 V) 40 mA

PCIE_VPTX (1.1 V) 20

PCIE_VPH (2.5 V) 21

2.5G Operations PCIE_VP (1.1 V) 27

PCIE_VPTX (1.1 V) 20

PCIE_VPH (2.5 V) 20

P0s: Low Recovery Time

Latency, Power Saving State

5G Operations PCIE_VP (1.1 V) 30 mA

PCIE_VPTX (1.1 V) 2.4

PCIE_VPH (2.5 V) 18

2.5G Operations PCIE_VP (1.1 V) 20

PCIE_VPTX (1.1 V) 2.4

PCIE_VPH (2.5 V) 18

Table 11. SATA PHY Current Drain (continued)

Mode Test Conditions Supply Typical Current Unit

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

30 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.1.10 HDMI Maximum Power Consumption

Table 13 provides HDMI PHY currents for both Active 3D Tx with LFSR15 data pattern and Power-down

modes.

P1: Longer Recovery Time

Latency, Lower Power State

— PCIE_VP (1.1 V) 12 mA

PCIE_VPTX (1.1 V) 2.4

PCIE_VPH (2.5 V) 12

Power Down — PCIE_VP (1.1 V) 1.3 mA

PCIE_VPTX (1.1 V) 0.18

PCIE_VPH (2.5 V) 0.36

Table 13. HDMI PHY Current Drain

Mode Test Conditions Supply Max Current Unit

Active Bit rate 251.75 Mbps HDMI_VPH 14 mA

HDMI_VP 4.1 mA

Bit rate 279.27 Mbps HDMI_VPH 14 mA

HDMI_VP 4.2 mA

Bit rate 742.5 Mbps HDMI_VPH 17 mA

HDMI_VP 7.5 mA

Bit rate 1.485 Gbps HDMI_VPH 17 mA

HDMI_VP 12 mA

Bit rate 2.275 Gbps HDMI_VPH 16 mA

HDMI_VP 17 mA

Bit rate 2.97 Gbps HDMI_VPH 19 mA

HDMI_VP 22 mA

Power-down — HDMI_VPH 49 μA

HDMI_VP 1100 μA

Table 12. PCIe PHY Current Drain (continued)

Mode Test Conditions Supply Max Current Unit

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 31

4.2 Power Supplies Requirements and Restrictions

The system design must comply with power-up sequence, power-down sequence, and steady state

guidelines as described in this section to ensure the reliable operation of the device. Any deviation from

these sequences may result in the following situations:

• Excessive current during power-up phase

• Prevention of the device from booting

• Irreversible damage to the processor

4.2.1 Power-Up Sequence

For power-up sequence, the restrictions are as follows:

• VDD_SNVS_IN supply must be turned ON before any other power supply. It may be connected

(shorted) with VDD_HIGH_IN supply.

• If a coin cell is used to power VDD_SNVS_IN, then ensure that it is connected before any other

supply is switched on.

• The SRC_POR_B signal controls the processor POR and must be immediately asserted at

power-up and remain asserted until the VDD_ARM_CAP, VDD_SOC_CAP, and VDD_PU_CAP

supplies are stable. VDD_ARM_IN and VDD_SOC_IN may be applied in either order with no

restrictions.

NOTE

Ensure that there is no back voltage (leakage) from any supply on the board

towards the 3.3 V supply (for example, from the external components that

use both the 1.8 V and 3.3 V supplies).

NOTE

USB_OTG_VBUS and USB_H1_VBUS are not part of the power supply

sequence and can be powered at any time.

4.2.2 Power-Down Sequence

There are no special restrictions for i.MX 6Dual/6Quad SoC.

4.2.3 Power Supplies Usage

• All I/O pins must not be externally driven while the I/O power supply for the pin (NVCC_xxx) is

OFF. This can cause internal latch-up and malfunctions due to reverse current flows. For

information about I/O power supply of each pin, see the “Power Group” column of Table 87, “21

x 21 mm Functional Contact Assignments”.

• When the SATA interface is not used, the SATA_VP and SATA_VPH supplies should be grounded.

The input and output supplies for rest of the ports (SATA_REXT, SATA_PHY_RX_N,

SATA_PHY_RX_P, and SATA_PHY_TX_N) can remain unconnected. It is recommended not to

turn OFF the SATA_VPH supply while the SATA_VP supply is ON, as it may lead to excessive

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

32 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

power consumption. If boundary scan test is used, SATA_VP and SATA_VPH must remain

powered.

• When the PCIE interface is not used, the PCIE_VP, PCIE_VPH, and PCIE_VPTX supplies should

be grounded. The input and output supplies for rest of the ports (PCIE_REXT, PCIE_RX_N,

PCIE_RX_P, PCIE_TX_N, and PCIE_TX_P) can remain unconnected. It is recommended not to

turn the PCIE_VPH supply OFF while the PCIE_VP supply is ON, as it may lead to excessive

power consumption. If boundary scan test is used, PCIE_VP, PCIE_VPH, and PCIE_VPTX must

remain powered.

4.3 Integrated LDO Voltage Regulator Parameters

Various internal supplies can be powered ON from internal LDO voltage regulators. All the supply pins

named *_CAP must be connected to external capacitors. The onboard LDOs are intended for internal use

only and should not be used to power any external circuitry. See the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad reference manual

(IMX6DQRM) for details on the power tree scheme recommended operation.

NOTE

The *_CAP signals should not be powered externally. These signals are

intended for internal LDO or LDO bypass operation only.

4.3.1 Digital Regulators (LDO_ARM, LDO_PU, LDO_SOC)

There are three digital LDO regulators (“Digital”, because of the logic loads that they drive, not because

of their construction). The advantages of the regulators are to reduce the input supply variation because of

their input supply ripple rejection and their on die trimming. This translates into more voltage for the die

producing higher operating frequencies. These regulators have three basic modes.

• Bypass. The regulation FET is switched fully on passing the external voltage, DCDC_LOW, to the

load unaltered. The analog part of the regulator is powered down in this state, removing any loss

other than the IR drop through the power grid and FET.

• Power Gate. The regulation FET is switched fully off limiting the current draw from the supply.

The analog part of the regulator is powered down here limiting the power consumption.

• Analog regulation mode. The regulation FET is controlled such that the output voltage of the

regulator equals the programmed target voltage. The target voltage is fully programmable in 25 mV

steps.

Optionally LDO_SOC/VDD_SOC_CAP can be used to power the HDMI, PCIe, and SATA PHY's through

external connections.

For additional information, see the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad reference manual (IMX6DQRM).

4.3.2 Regulators for Analog Modules

4.3.2.1 LDO_1P1 / NVCC_PLL_OUT

The LDO_1P1 regulator implements a programmable linear-regulator function from VDD_HIGH_IN (see

Table 6 for minimum and maximum input requirements). Typical Programming Operating Range is 1.0 V

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 33

to 1.2 V with the nominal default setting as 1.1 V. The LDO_1P1 supplies the 24 MHz oscillator, PLLs,

and USB PHY. A programmable brown-out detector is included in the regulator that can be used by the

system to determine when the load capability of the regulator is being exceeded to take the necessary steps.

Current-limiting can be enabled to allow for in-rush current requirements during start-up, if needed.

Active-pull-down can also be enabled for systems requiring this feature.

For information on external capacitor requirements for this regulator, see the Hardware Development

Guide for i.MX 6Quad, 6Dual, 6DualLite, 6Solo Families of Applications Processors

(IMX6DQ6SDLHDG).

For additional information, see the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad reference manual (IMX6DQRM).

4.3.2.2 LDO_2P5

The LDO_2P5 module implements a programmable linear-regulator function from VDD_HIGH_IN (see

Table 6 for min and max input requirements). Typical Programming Operating Range is 2.25 V to 2.75 V

with the nominal default setting as 2.5 V. The LDO_2P5 supplies the SATA PHY, USB PHY, LVDS PHY,

HDMI PHY, MIPI PHY, E-fuse module and PLLs. A programmable brown-out detector is included in the

regulator that can be used by the system to determine when the load capability of the regulator is being

exceeded, to take the necessary steps. Current-limiting can be enabled to allow for in-rush current

requirements during start-up, if needed. Active-pull-down can also be enabled for systems requiring this

feature. An alternate self-biased low-precision weak-regulator is included that can be enabled for

applications needing to keep the output voltage alive during low-power modes where the main regulator

driver and its associated global bandgap reference module are disabled. The output of the weak-regulator

is not programmable and is a function of the input supply as well as the load current. Typically, with a 3 V

input supply the weak-regulator output is 2.525 V and its output impedance is approximately 40 Ω.

For information on external capacitor requirements for this regulator, see the Hardware Development

Guide for i.MX 6Quad, 6Dual, 6DualLite, 6Solo Families of Applications Processors

(IMX6DQ6SDLHDG).

For additional information, see the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad reference manual (IMX6DQRM).

4.3.2.3 LDO_USB

The LDO_USB module implements a programmable linear-regulator function from the

USB_OTG_VBUS and USB_H1_VBUS voltages (4.4 V–5.25 V) to produce a nominal 3.0 V output

voltage. A programmable brown-out detector is included in the regulator that can be used by the system to

determine when the load capability of the regulator is being exceeded, to take the necessary steps. This

regulator has a built in power-mux that allows the user to select to run the regulator from either VBUS

supply, when both are present. If only one of the VBUS voltages is present, then the regulator

automatically selects this supply. Current limit is also included to help the system meet in-rush current

targets. If no VBUS voltage is present, then the VBUSVALID threshold setting will prevent the regulator

from being enabled.

For information on external capacitor requirements for this regulator, see the Hardware Development

Guide for i.MX 6Quad, 6Dual, 6DualLite, 6Solo Families of Applications Processors

(IMX6DQ6SDLHDG).

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

34 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

For additional information, see the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad reference manual (IMX6DQRM).

4.4 PLL Electrical Characteristics

4.4.1 Audio/Video PLL Electrical Parameters

4.4.2 528 MHz PLL

4.4.3 Ethernet PLL

4.4.4 480 MHz PLL

Table 14. Audio/Video PLL Electrical Parameters

Parameter Value

Clock output range 650 MHz ~1.3 GHz

Reference clock 24 MHz

Lock time <11250 reference cycles

Table 15. 528 MHz PLL Electrical Parameters

Parameter Value

Clock output range 528 MHz PLL output

Reference clock 24 MHz

Lock time <11250 reference cycles

Table 16. Ethernet PLL Electrical Parameters

Parameter Value

Clock output range 500 MHz

Reference clock 24 MHz

Lock time <11250 reference cycles

Table 17. 480 MHz PLL Electrical Parameters

Parameter Value

Clock output range 480 MHz PLL output

Reference clock 24 MHz

Lock time <383 reference cycles

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 35

4.4.5 Arm PLL

4.5 On-Chip Oscillators

4.5.1 OSC24M

This block implements an amplifier that when combined with a suitable quartz crystal and external load

capacitors implements an oscillator. The oscillator is powered from NVCC_PLL_OUT.

The system crystal oscillator consists of a Pierce-type structure running off the digital supply. A straight

forward biased-inverter implementation is used.

4.5.2 OSC32K

This block implements an amplifier that when combined with a suitable quartz crystal and external load

capacitors implements a low power oscillator. It also implements a power mux such that it can be powered

from either a ~3 V backup battery (VDD_SNVS_IN) or VDD_HIGH_IN such as the oscillator consumes

power from VDD_HIGH_IN when that supply is available and transitions to the back up battery when

VDD_HIGH_IN is lost.

In addition, if the clock monitor determines that the OSC32K is not present, then the source of the 32 kHz

clock will automatically switch to the internal ring oscillator.

CAUTION

The internal RTC oscillator does not provide an accurate frequency and is

affected by process, voltage, and temperature variations. NXP strongly

recommends using an external crystal as the RTC_XTALI reference. If the

internal oscillator is used instead, careful consideration must be given to the

timing implications on all of the SoC modules dependent on this clock.

The OSC32k runs from VDD_SNVS_CAP, which comes from the VDD_HIGH_IN/VDD_SNVS_IN

power mux.

Table 18. Arm PLL Electrical Parameters

Parameter Value

Clock output range 650 MHz~1.3 GHz

Reference clock 24 MHz

Lock time <2250 reference cycles

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

36 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.6 I/O DC Parameters

This section includes the DC parameters of the following I/O types:

• General Purpose I/O (GPIO)

• Double Data Rate I/O (DDR) for LPDDR2 and DDR3/DDR3L modes

•LVDS I/O

NOTE

The term ‘OVDD’ in this section refers to the associated supply rail of an

input or output.

Figure 3. Circuit for Parameters Voh and Vol for I/O Cells

Table 19. OSC32K Main Characteristics

Parameter Min Typ Max Comments

Fosc — 32.768 kHz — This frequency is nominal and determined mainly by the crystal selected. 32.0 K

would work as well.

Current

consumption

—4 μA — The typical value shown is only for the oscillator, driven by an external crystal.

If the internal ring oscillator is used instead of an external crystal, then

approximately 25 μA must be added to this value.

Bias resistor — 14 MΩ— This the integrated bias resistor that sets the amplifier into a high gain state. Any

leakage through the ESD network, external board leakage, or even a scope probe

that is significant relative to this value will debias the amplifier. The debiasing will

result in low gain, and will impact the circuit's ability to start up and maintain

oscillations.

Target Crystal Properties

Cload — 10 pF — Usually crystals can be purchased tuned for different Cloads. This Cload value is

typically 1/2 of the capacitances realized on the PCB on either side of the quartz.

A higher Cload will decrease oscillation margin, but increases current oscillating

through the crystal.

ESR — 50 kΩ100 kΩEquivalent series resistance of the crystal. Choosing a crystal with a higher value

will decrease the oscillating margin.

Predriver

pdat

ovdd

pad

nmos (Rpd)

ovss

Voh min

Vol max

pmos (Rpu)

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 37

4.6.1 XTALI and RTC_XTALI (Clock Inputs) DC Parameters

Table 20 shows the DC parameters for the clock inputs.

NOTE

The Vil and Vih specifications only apply when an external clock source is

used. If a crystal is used, Vil and Vih do not apply.

4.6.2 General Purpose I/O (GPIO) DC Parameters

Table 21 shows DC parameters for GPIO pads. The parameters in Table 21 are guaranteed per the

operating ranges in Table 6, unless otherwise noted.

Table 20. XTALI and RTC_XTALI DC Parameters

Parameter Symbol Test Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

XTALI high-level DC input voltage Vih — 0.8 x NVCC_PLL_OUT — NVCC_PLL_ OUT V

XTALI low-level DC input voltage Vil — 0 — 0.2 V

RTC_XTALI high-level DC input

voltage

Vih — 0.8 — 1.1(See note 1)

1This voltage specification must not be exceeded and, as such, is an absolute maximum specification.

RTC_XTALI low-level DC input

voltage

Vil — 0 — 0.2 V

Input capacitance CIN Simulated data — 5 — pF

XTALI input leakage current at

startup

IXTALI_STARTUP Power-on startup for

0.15 msec with a driven

24 MHz clock

at 1.1 V. 2

2This current draw is present even if an external clock source directly drives XTALI.

— — 600 μA

DC input current IXTALI_DC ———2.5μA

Table 21. GPIO I/O DC Parameters

Parameter Symbol Test Conditions Min Max Unit

High-level output voltage1Voh Ioh = -0.1 mA (DSE2 = 001, 010)

Ioh = -1 mA

(DSE = 011, 100, 101, 110, 111)

OVDD – 0.15 — V

Low-level output voltage1Vol Iol = 0.1 mA (DSE2 = 001, 010)

Iol = 1mA

(DSE = 011, 100, 101, 110, 111)

—0.15V

High-Level DC input voltage1, 3Vih — 0.7 ×OVDD OVDD V

Low-Level DC input voltage1, 3Vil — 0 0.3 ×OVDD V

Input Hysteresis Vhys OVDD = 1.8 V

OVDD = 3.3 V

0.25 — V

Schmitt trigger VT+3, 4 VT+ — 0.5 ×OVDD — V

Schmitt trigger VT–3, 4 VT– — — 0.5 ×OVDD V

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

38 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.6.3 DDR I/O DC Parameters

The DDR I/O pads support LPDDR2 and DDR3/DDR3L operational modes.

4.6.4 RGMII I/O 2.5V I/O DC Electrical Parameters

The RGMII interface complies with the RGMII standard version 1.3. The parameters in Table 22 are

guaranteed per the operating ranges in Table 6, unless otherwise noted.

Input current (no pull-up/down) Iin Vin = OVDD or 0 -1 1 μA

Input current (22 kΩ pull-up) Iin Vin = 0 V

Vin = OVDD

—212

1μA

Input current (47 kΩ pull-up) Iin Vin = 0 V

Vin = OVDD

—100

1μA

Input current (100 kΩ pull-up) Iin Vin = 0 V

Vin= OVDD

—48

1μA

Input current (100 kΩ pull-down) Iin Vin = 0 V

Vin = OVDD

—1

48 μA

Keeper circuit resistance Rkeep Vin = 0.3 x OVDD

Vin = 0.7 x OVDD

105 175 kΩ

1Overshoot and undershoot conditions (transitions above OVDD and below GND) on switching pads must be held below 0.6 V,

and the duration of the overshoot/undershoot must not exceed 10% of the system clock cycle. Overshoot/ undershoot must be

controlled through printed circuit board layout, transmission line impedance matching, signal line termination, or other methods.

Non-compliance to this specification may affect device reliability or cause permanent damage to the device.

2DSE is the Drive Strength Field setting in the associated IOMUX control register.

3To maintain a valid level, the transition edge of the input must sustain a constant slew rate (monotonic) from the current DC

level through to the target DC level, Vil or Vih. Monotonic input transition time is from 0.1 ns to 1 s.

4Hysteresis of 250 mV is guaranteed over all operating conditions when hysteresis is enabled.

Table 22. RGMII I/O 2.5V I/O DC Electrical Parameters1

Parameter Symbol Test Conditions Min Max Units

High-level output voltage1VOH Ioh= -0.1 mA (DSE=001,010)

Ioh= -1.0 mA (DSE=011,100,101,110,111)

OVDD-0.15 —V

Low-level output voltage1VOL Iol= 0.1 mA (DSE=001,010)

Iol= 1.0 mA (DSE=011,100,101,110,111)

—0.15V

Input Reference Voltage Vref —0.49xOVDD 0.51xOVDD V

High-Level input voltage 2, 3VIH —0.7xOVDD OVDD V

Low-Level input voltage 2, 3 VIL —0

0.3xOVDD V

Input Hysteresis(OVDD=1.8V) VHYS_HighVDD OVDD=1.8V 250 — mV

Input Hysteresis(OVDD=2.5V) VHYS_HighVDD OVDD=2.5V 250 — mV

Table 21. GPIO I/O DC Parameters (continued)

Parameter Symbol Test Conditions Min Max Unit

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 39

4.6.4.1 LPDDR2 Mode I/O DC Parameters

For details on supported DDR memory configurations, see Section 4.10.2, “MMDC Supported

DDR3/DDR3L/LPDDR2 Configurations.”

The parameters in Table 23 are guaranteed per the operating ranges in Table 6, unless otherwise noted.

Schmitt trigger VT+ 3, 4 VTH+ —0.5xOVDD—mV

Schmitt trigger VT- 3, 4VTH- — — 0.5xOVDD mV

Pull-up resistor (22 kΩ PU) RPU_22K Vin=0V — 212 μA

Pull-up resistor (22 kΩ PU) RPU_22K Vin=OVDD — 1 μA

Pull-up resistor (47 kΩ PU) RPU_47K Vin=0V — 100 μA

Pull-up resistor (47 kΩ PU) RPU_47K Vin=OVDD — 1 μA

Pull-up resistor (100 kΩ PU) RPU_100K Vin=0V — 48 μA

Pull-up resistor (100 kΩ PU) RPU_100K Vin=OVDD — 1 μA

Pull-down resistor (100 kΩ PD) RPD_100K Vin=OVDD — 48 μA

Pull-down resistor (100 kΩ PD) RPD_100K Vin=0V — 1 μA

Keeper Circuit Resistance Rkeep — 105 165 kΩ

Input current (no pull-up/down) Iin VI = 0,VI = OVDD -2.9 2.9 μA

1 Input Mode Selection: SW_PAD_CTL_GRP_DDR_TYPE_RGMII = 10 (1.8V Mode)

SW_PAD_CTL_GRP_DDR_TYPE_RGMII = 11 (2.5V Mode).

2Overshoot and undershoot conditions (transitions above OVDD and below GND) on switching pads must be held below 0.6

V, and the duration of the overshoot/undershoot must not exceed 10% of the system clock cycle. Overshoot/ undershoot must

be controlled through printed circuit board layout, transmission line impedance matching, signal line termination, or other

methods. Non-compliance to this specification may affect device reliability or cause permanent damage to the device.

3To maintain a valid level, the transition edge of the input must sustain a constant slew rate (monotonic) from the current DC

level through to the target DC level, Vil or Vih. Monotonic input transition time is from 0.1 ns to 1 s.

4Hysteresis of 250 mV is guaranteed over all operating conditions when hysteresis is enabled

(register IOMUXC_SW_PAD_CTL_PAD_RGMII_TXC[HYS]= 0).

Table 23. LPDDR2 I/O DC Electrical Parameters1

Parameters Symbol Test Conditions Min Max Unit

High-level output voltage Voh Ioh = -0.1 mA 0.9 ×OVDD — V

Low-level output voltage Vol Iol = 0.1 mA — 0.1 ×OVDD V

Input reference voltage Vref — 0.49 ×OVDD 0.51 ×OVDD

DC input High Voltage Vih(dc) — Vref+0.13V OVDD V

DC input Low Voltage Vil(dc) — OVSS Vref-0.13V V

Differential Input Logic High Vih(diff) — 0.26 See Note 2—

Differential Input Logic Low Vil(diff) — See Note 2-0.26 —

Input current (no pull-up/down) Iin Vin = 0 or OVDD -2.5 2.5 μA

Table 22. RGMII I/O 2.5V I/O DC Electrical Parameters1 (continued)

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

40 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.6.4.2 DDR3/DDR3L Mode I/O DC Parameters

For details on supported DDR memory configurations, see Section 4.10.2, “MMDC Supported

DDR3/DDR3L/LPDDR2 Configurations.”

The parameters in Table 24 are guaranteed per the operating ranges in Table 6, unless otherwise noted.

Pull-up/pull-down impedance mismatch MMpupd — -15 +15 %

240 Ω unit calibration resolution Rres — — 10 Ω

Keeper circuit resistance Rkeep — 110 175 kΩ

1Note that the JEDEC LPDDR2 specification (JESD209_2B) supersedes any specification in this document.

2The single-ended signals need to be within the respective limits (Vih(dc) max, Vil(dc) min) for single-ended signals as well as

the limitations for overshoot and undershoot (see Table 28).

Table 24. DDR3/DDR3L I/O DC Electrical Parameters

Parameters Symbol Test Conditions Min Max Unit

High-level output voltage

Voh

Ioh = -0.1 mA

Voh (DSE = 001)

0.8 ×OVDD1

1OVDD – I/O power supply (1.425 V–1.575 V for DDR3 and 1.283 V–1.45 V for DDR3L).

—V

Ioh = -1 mA

Voh (for all except DSE = 001)

Low-level output voltage

Vol

Iol = 0.1 mA

Vol (DSE = 001)

—0.2×OVDD V

Iol = 1 mA

Vol (for all except DSE = 001)

Input reference voltage Vref2

2Vref – DDR3/DDR3L external reference voltage.

—0.49×OVDD 0.51 ×OVDD

DC input Logic High Vih(dc) — Vref+0.1 OVDD V

DC input Logic Low Vil(dc) — OVSS Vref-0.1 V

Differential input Logic High Vih(diff) — 0.2 See Note3

3The single-ended signals need to be within the respective limits (Vih(dc) max, Vil(dc) min) for single-ended signals as well as

the limitations for overshoot and undershoot (see Table 29).

Differential input Logic Low Vil(diff) — See Note3-0.2 V

Termination Voltage Vtt Vtt tracking OVDD/2 0.49 ×OVDD 0.51 ×OVDD V

Input current (no pull-up/down) Iin Vin = 0 or OVDD -2.9 2.9 μA

Pull-up/pull-down impedance mismatch MMpupd —-1010%

240 Ω unit calibration resolution Rres — — 10 Ω

Keeper circuit resistance Rkeep — 105 175 kΩ

Table 23. LPDDR2 I/O DC Electrical Parameters1 (continued)

Parameters Symbol Test Conditions Min Max Unit

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 41

4.6.5 LVDS I/O DC Parameters

The LVDS interface complies with TIA/EIA 644-A standard. See TIA/EIA STANDARD 644-A,

“Electrical Characteristics of Low Voltage Differential Signaling (LVDS) Interface Circuits” for details.

Table 25 shows the Low Voltage Differential Signaling (LVDS) I/O DC parameters.

4.7 I/O AC Parameters

This section includes the AC parameters of the following I/O types:

• General Purpose I/O (GPIO)

• Double Data Rate I/O (DDR) for LPDDR2 and DDR3/DDR3L modes

•LVDS I/O

The GPIO and DDR I/O load circuit and output transition time waveforms are shown in Figure 4 and

Figure 5.

Figure 4. Load Circuit for Output

Figure 5. Output Transition Time Waveform

Table 25. LVDS I/O DC Parameters

Parameter Symbol Test Conditions Min Max Unit

Output Differential Voltage VOD Rload=100 Ω between padP and padN 250 450 mV

Output High Voltage VOH IOH = 0 mA 1.25 1.6

VOutput Low Voltage VOL IOL = 0 mA 0.9 1.25

Offset Voltage VOS — 1.125 1.375

Test Point

From Output

CL includes package, probe and fixture capacitance

Under Test

OVDD

20%

80% 80%

20%

tr tf

Output (at pad)

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

42 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.7.1 General Purpose I/O AC Parameters

The I/O AC parameters for GPIO in slow and fast modes are presented in the Table 26 and Table 27,

respectively. Note that the fast or slow I/O behavior is determined by the appropriate control bits in the

IOMUXC control registers.

Table 26. General Purpose I/O AC Parameters 1.8 V Mode

Parameter Symbol Test Condition Min Typ Max Unit

Output Pad Transition Times, rise/fall

(Max Drive, DSE=111)

tr, tf 15 pF Cload, slow slew rate

15 pF Cload, fast slew rate —— 2.72/2.79

1.51/1.54

Output Pad Transition Times, rise/fall

(High Drive, DSE=101)

tr, tf 15 pF Cload, slow slew rate

15 pF Cload, fast slew rate —— 3.20/3.36

1.96/2.07

Output Pad Transition Times, rise/fall

(Medium Drive, DSE=100)

tr, tf 15 pF Cload, slow slew rate

15 pF Cload, fast slew rate —— 3.64/3.88

2.27/2.53

Output Pad Transition Times, rise/fall

(Low Drive. DSE=011)

tr, tf 15 pF Cload, slow slew rate

15 pF Cload, fast slew rate —— 4.32/4.50

3.16/3.17

Input Transition Times1

1Hysteresis mode is recommended for inputs with transition times greater than 25 ns.

trm — — — 25 ns

Table 27. General Purpose I/O AC Parameters 3.3 V Mode

Parameter Symbol Test Condition Min Typ Max Unit

Output Pad Transition Times, rise/fall

(Max Drive, DSE=101)

tr, tf 15 pF Cload, slow slew rate

15 pF Cload, fast slew rate —— 1.70/1.79

1.06/1.15

Output Pad Transition Times, rise/fall

(High Drive, DSE=011)

tr, tf 15 pF Cload, slow slew rate

15 pF Cload, fast slew rate —— 2.35/2.43

1.74/1.77

Output Pad Transition Times, rise/fall

(Medium Drive, DSE=010)

tr, tf 15 pF Cload, slow slew rate

15 pF Cload, fast slew rate —— 3.13/3.29

2.46/2.60

Output Pad Transition Times, rise/fall

(Low Drive. DSE=001)

tr, tf 15 pF Cload, slow slew rate

15 pF Cload, fast slew rate —— 5.14/5.57

4.77/5.15

Input Transition Times1

1Hysteresis mode is recommended for inputs with transition times greater than 25 ns.

trm — — — 25 ns

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 43

4.7.2 DDR I/O AC Parameters

For details on supported DDR memory configurations, see Section 4.10.2, “MMDC Supported

DDR3/DDR3L/LPDDR2 Configurations.”

Table 28 shows the AC parameters for DDR I/O operating in LPDDR2 mode.

Table 29 shows the AC parameters for DDR I/O operating in DDR3/DDR3L mode.

Table 28. DDR I/O LPDDR2 Mode AC Parameters1

1Note that the JEDEC LPDDR2 specification (JESD209_2B) supersedes any specification in this document.

Parameter Symbol Test Condition Min Typ Max Unit

AC input logic high Vih(ac) — Vref + 0.22 — OVDD V

AC input logic low Vil(ac) — 0 — Vref – 0.22 V

AC differential input high voltage2

2Vid(ac) specifies the input differential voltage |Vtr – Vcp| required for switching, where Vtr is the “true” input signal and Vcp is

the “complementary” input signal. The Minimum value is equal to Vih(ac) – Vil(ac).

Vidh(ac) — 0.44 — — V

AC differential input low voltage Vidl(ac) — — — 0.44 V

Input AC differential cross point voltage3

3The typical value of Vix(ac) is expected to be about 0.5 ×OVDD. and Vix(ac) is expected to track variation of OVDD. Vix(ac)

indicates the voltage at which differential input signal must cross.

Vix(ac) Relative to Vref -0.12 — 0.12 V

Over/undershoot peak Vpeak — — — 0.35 V

Over/undershoot area (above OVDD

or below OVSS)

Varea 400 MHz — — 0.2 V-ns

Single output slew rate, measured

between Vol(ac) and Voh(ac)

tsr 50 Ω to Vref.

5 pF load.

Drive impedance = 4 0 Ω ±30%

1.5 — 3.5 V/ns

50 Ω to Vref.

5pF load.

Drive impedance = 60 Ω ±30%

1—2.5

Skew between pad rise/fall asymmetry +

skew caused by SSN

tSKD clk = 400 MHz ——

0.1 ns

Table 29. DDR I/O DDR3/DDR3L Mode AC Parameters1

Parameter Symbol Test Condition Min Typ Max Unit

AC input logic high Vih(ac) — Vref + 0.175 — OVDD V

AC input logic low Vil(ac) — 0 — Vref – 0.175 V

AC differential input voltage2Vid(ac) — 0.35 — — V

Input AC differential cross point voltage3Vix(ac) Relative to Vref Vref – 0.15 — Vref + 0.15 V

Over/undershoot peak Vpeak — — — 0.4 V

Over/undershoot area (above OVDD

or below OVSS)

Varea 533 MHz — — 0.5 V-ns

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

44 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.7.3 LVDS I/O AC Parameters

The differential output transition time waveform is shown in Figure 6.

Figure 6. Differential LVDS Driver Transition Time Waveform

Table 30 shows the AC parameters for LVDS I/O.

Single output slew rate, measured between

Vol(ac) and Voh(ac)

tsr Driver impedance =

34 Ω

2.5 — 5 V/ns

Skew between pad rise/fall asymmetry +

skew caused by SSN

tSKD clk = 533 MHz ——

0.1 ns

1Note that the JEDEC JESD79_3C specification supersedes any specification in this document.

2Vid(ac) specifies the input differential voltage |Vtr-Vcp| required for switching, where Vtr is the “true” input signal and Vcp is

the “complementary” input signal. The Minimum value is equal to Vih(ac) – Vil(ac).

3The typical value of Vix(ac) is expected to be about 0.5 ×OVDD. and Vix(ac) is expected to track variation of OVDD. Vix(ac)

indicates the voltage at which differential input signal must cross.

Table 30. I/O AC Parameters of LVDS Pad

Parameter Symbol Test Condition Min Typ Max Unit

Differential pulse skew1

1tSKD = | tPHLD –t

PLHD |, is the magnitude difference in differential propagation delay time between the positive going edge and

the negative going edge of the same channel.

tSKD

Rload = 100 Ω,

Cload = 2 pF

— — 0.25

nsTransition Low to High Time2

2Measurement levels are 20–80% from output voltage.

tTLH ——0.5

Transition High to Low Time2tTHL ——0.5

Operating Frequency f — — 600 800 MHz

Offset voltage imbalance Vos — — — 150 mV

Table 29. DDR I/O DDR3/DDR3L Mode AC Parameters1 (continued)

Parameter Symbol Test Condition Min Typ Max Unit

padp

padn

VDIFF

0V (Differential)

VDIFF = {padp} - {padn}

tTLH

20%

80%

20%

80%

tTHL

VOH

VOL

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 45

4.8 Output Buffer Impedance Parameters

This section defines the I/O impedance parameters of the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processors for the following

I/O types:

• General Purpose I/O (GPIO)

• Double Data Rate I/O (DDR) for LPDDR2, and DDR3 modes

•LVDS I/O

NOTE

GPIO and DDR I/O output driver impedance is measured with “long”

transmission line of impedance Ztl attached to I/O pad and incident wave

launched into transmission line. Rpu/Rpd and Ztl form a voltage divider that

defines specific voltage of incident wave relative to OVDD. Output driver

impedance is calculated from this voltage divider (see Figure 7).

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

46 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

Figure 7. Impedance Matching Load for Measurement

ipp_do

Cload = 1p

Ztl Ω, L = 20 inches

predriver

PMOS (Rpu)

NMOS (Rpd)

pad

OVDD

OVSS

t,(ns)

U,(V)

OVDD

t,(ns)

VDD

Vin (do)

Vout (pad)

U,(V)

Vref

Rpu =

Vovdd–Vref1

Vref1

× Ztl

Rpd = × Ztl

Vref2

Vovdd–Vref2

Vref1 Vref2

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 47

4.8.1 GPIO Output Buffer Impedance

Table 31 shows the GPIO output buffer impedance (OVDD 1.8 V).

Table 32 shows the GPIO output buffer impedance (OVDD 3.3 V).

Table 31. GPIO Output Buffer Average Impedance (OVDD 1.8 V)

Parameter Symbol Drive Strength (DSE) Typ Value Unit

Output Driver

Impedance Rdrv

001

010

011

100

101

110

111

260

130

Table 32. GPIO Output Buffer Average Impedance (OVDD 3.3 V)

Parameter Symbol Drive Strength (DSE) Typ Value Unit

Output Driver

Impedance Rdrv

001

010

011

100

101

110

111

150

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

48 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.8.2 DDR I/O Output Buffer Impedance

For details on supported DDR memory configurations, see Section 4.10.2, “MMDC Supported

DDR3/DDR3L/LPDDR2 Configurations.”

Table 33 shows DDR I/O output buffer impedance of i.MX 6Dual/6Quad processors.

Note:

1. Output driver impedance is controlled across PVTs using ZQ calibration procedure.

2. Calibration is done against 240 W external reference resistor.

3. Output driver impedance deviation (calibration accuracy) is ±5% (max/min impedance) across PVTs.

4.8.3 LVDS I/O Output Buffer Impedance

The LVDS interface complies with TIA/EIA 644-A standard. See, TIA/EIA STANDARD 644-A,

“Electrical Characteristics of Low Voltage Differential Signaling (LVDS) Interface Circuits” for details.

4.9 System Modules Timing

This section contains the timing and electrical parameters for the modules in each i.MX 6Dual/6Quad

processor.

4.9.1 Reset Timing Parameters

Figure 8 shows the reset timing and Table 34 lists the timing parameters.

Figure 8. Reset Timing Diagram

Table 33. DDR I/O Output Buffer Impedance

Parameter Symbol Test Conditions

Typical

Unit

NVCC_DRAM=1.5 V

(DDR3)

DDR_SEL=11

NVCC_DRAM=1.2 V

(LPDDR2)

DDR_SEL=10

Output Driver

Impedance Rdrv

Drive Strength (DSE) =

000

001

010

011

100

101

110

111

Hi-Z

240

120

Hi-Z

240

120

SRC_POR_B

CC1

(Input)

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 49

4.9.2 WDOG Reset Timing Parameters

Figure 9 shows the WDOG reset timing and Table 35 lists the timing parameters.

Figure 9. WDOG1_B Timing Diagram

NOTE

XTALOSC_RTC_XTALI is approximately 32 kHz.

XTALOSC_RTC_XTALI cycle is one period or approximately 30 μs.

NOTE

WDOG1_B output signals (for each one of the Watchdog modules) do not

have dedicated pins, but are muxed out through the IOMUX. See the IOMUX

manual for detailed information.

4.9.3 External Interface Module (EIM)

The following subsections provide information on the EIM. Maximum operating frequency for EIM data

transfer is 104 MHz. Timing parameters in this section that are given as a function of register settings or

clock periods are valid for the entire range of allowed frequencies (0–104 MHz).

Table 34. Reset Timing Parameters

ID Parameter Min Max Unit

CC1 Duration of SRC_POR_B to be qualified as valid 1 — XTALOSC_RTC_ XTALI cycle

Table 35. WDOG1_B Timing Parameters

ID Parameter Min Max Unit

CC3 Duration of WDOG1_B Assertion 1 — XTALOSC_RTC_ XTALI cycle

WDOG1_B

CC3

(Output)

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

50 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.9.3.1 EIM Interface Pads Allocation

EIM supports 32-bit, 16-bit and 8-bit devices operating in address/data separate or multiplexed modes.

Table 36 provides EIM interface pads allocation in different modes.

Table 36. EIM Internal Module Multiplexing1

1For more information on configuration ports mentioned in this table, see the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad reference manual

(IMX6DQRM).

Setup

Non Multiplexed Address/Data Mode Multiplexed

Address/Data mode

8 Bit 16 Bit 32 Bit 16 Bit 32 Bit

MUM = 0,

DSZ = 100

MUM = 0,

DSZ = 101

MUM = 0,

DSZ = 110

MUM = 0,

DSZ = 111

MUM = 0,

DSZ = 001

MUM = 0,

DSZ = 010

MUM = 0,

DSZ = 011

MUM = 1,

DSZ = 001

MUM = 1,

DSZ = 011

EIM_ADDR

[15:00]

EIM_AD

[15:00]

EIM_AD

[15:00]

EIM_AD

[15:00]

EIM_AD

[15:00]

EIM_AD

[15:00]

EIM_AD

[15:00]

EIM_AD

[15:00]

EIM_AD

[15:00]

EIM_AD

[15:00]

EIM_ADDR

[25:16]

EIM_ADDR

[25:16]

EIM_ADDR

[25:16]

EIM_ADDR

[25:16]

EIM_ADDR

[25:16]

EIM_ADDR

[25:16]

EIM_ADDR

[25:16]

EIM_ADDR

[25:16]

EIM_ADDR

[25:16]

EIM_DATA

[09:00]

EIM_DATA

[07:00],

EIM_EB0_B

EIM_DATA

[07:00]

———EIM_DATA

[07:00]

—EIM_DATA

[07:00]

EIM_AD

[07:00]

EIM_AD

[07:00]

EIM_DATA

[15:08],

EIM_EB1_B

—EIM_DATA

[15:08]

——EIM_DATA

[15:08]

—EIM_DATA

[15:08]

EIM_AD

[15:08]

EIM_AD

[15:08]

EIM_DATA

[23:16],

EIM_EB2_B

——EIM_DATA

[23:16]

——EIM_DATA

[23:16]

EIM_DATA

[23:16]

—EIM_DATA

[07:00]

EIM_DATA

[31:24],

EIM_EB3_B

———EIM_DATA

[31:24]

— EIM_DATA

[31:24]

EIM_DATA

[31:24]

—EIM_DATA

[15:08]

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 51

4.9.3.2 General EIM Timing-Synchronous Mode

Figure 10, Figure 11, and Table 37 specify the timings related to the EIM module. All EIM output control

signals may be asserted and deasserted by an internal clock synchronized to the EIM_BCLK rising edge

according to corresponding assertion/negation control fields.

Figure 10. EIM Output Timing Diagram

Figure 11. EIM Input Timing Diagram

4.9.3.3 Examples of EIM Synchronous Accesses

Table 37. EIM Bus Timing Parameters

ID Parameter Min1Max1Unit

WE1 EIM_BCLK cycle time2t×(k+1) — ns

WE2 EIM_BCLK high level width 0.4 ×t×(k+1) — ns

WE3 EIM_BCLK low level width 0.4 ×t×(k+1) — ns

WE4

EIM_ADDRxx

EIM_CSx_B

EIM_WE_B

EIM_OE_B

EIM_BCLK

EIM_EBx_B

EIM_LBA_B

Output Data

...

WE5

WE6 WE7

WE8 WE9

WE10 WE11

WE12 WE13

WE14 WE15

WE16 WE17

WE3

WE2

WE1

Input Data

EIM_WAIT_B

EIM_BCLK

WE19

WE18

WE21

WE20

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

52 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

WE4 Clock rise to address valid -0.5 × t × (k+1) - 1.25 -0.5 × t × (k+1) + 2.25 ns

WE5 Clock rise to address invalid 0.5 × t × (k+1) - 1.25 0.5 × t × (k+1) + 2.25 ns

WE6 Clock rise to EIM_CSx_B valid -0.5 × t × (k+1) - 1.25 -0.5 × t × (k+1) + 2.25 ns

WE7 Clock rise to EIM_CSx_B invalid 0.5 × t × (k+1) - 1.25 0.5 × t × (k+1) + 2.25 ns

WE8 Clock rise to EIM_WE_B valid -0.5 × t × (k+1) - 1.25 -0.5 × t × (k+1) + 2.25 ns

WE9 Clock rise to EIM_WE_B invalid 0.5 × t × (k+1) - 1.25 0.5 × t × (k+1) + 2.25 ns

WE10 Clock rise to EIM_OE_B valid -0.5 × t × (k+1) - 1.25 -0.5 × t × (k+1) + 2.25 ns

WE11 Clock rise to EIM_OE_B invalid 0.5 × t × (k+1) - 1.25 0.5 × t × (k+1) + 2.25 ns

WE12 Clock rise to EIM_EBx_B valid -0.5 × t × (k+1) - 1.25 -0.5 × t × (k+1) + 2.25 ns

WE13 Clock rise to EIM_EBx_B invalid 0.5 × t × (k+1) - 1.25 0.5 × t × (k+1) + 2.25 ns

WE14 Clock rise to EIM_LBA_B valid -0.5 × t × (k+1) - 1.25 -0.5 × t × (k+1) + 2.25 ns

WE15 Clock rise to EIM_LBA_B invalid 0.5 × t × (k+1) - 1.25 0.5 × t × (k+1) + 2.25 ns

WE16 Clock rise to output data valid -0.5 × t × (k+1) - 1.25 -0.5 × t × (k+1) + 2.25 ns

WE17 Clock rise to output data invalid 0.5 × t × (k+1) - 1.25 0.5 × t × (k+1) + 2.25 ns

WE18 Input data setup time to clock rise 2.3 — ns

WE19 Input data hold time from clock rise 2 — ns

WE20 EIM_WAIT_B setup time to clock rise 2 — ns

WE21 EIM_WAIT_B hold time from clock rise 2 — ns

1k represents register setting BCD value.

2t is clock period (1/Freq). For 104 MHz, t = 9.165 ns.

Table 37. EIM Bus Timing Parameters (continued)

ID Parameter Min1Max1Unit

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 53

Figure 12 to Figure 15 provide few examples of basic EIM accesses to external memory devices with the

timing parameters mentioned previously for specific control parameters settings.

Figure 12. Synchronous Memory Read Access, WSC=1

Figure 13. Synchronous Memory, Write Access, WSC=1, WBEA=0 and WADVN=0

Last Valid Address Address v1

D(v1)

EIM_BCLK

EIM_ADDRxx

EIM_DATAxx

EIM_WE_B

EIM_LBA_B

EIM_OE_B

EIM_EBx_B

EIM_CSx_B

WE4 WE5

WE6

WE7

WE11

WE13

WE12

WE14

WE15

WE18 WE19

WE6

WE10

Last Valid Address Address V1

D(V1)

EIM_BCLK

EIM_ADDRxx

EIM_DATAxx

EIM_WE_B

EIM_LBA_B

EIM_OE_B

EIM_EBx_B

EIM_CSx_B

WE4 WE5

WE6 WE7

WE8 WE9

WE12 WE13

WE14 WE15

WE16 WE17

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

54 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

Figure 14. Muxed Address/Data (A/D) Mode, Synchronous Write Access,

WSC=6,ADVA=0, ADVN=1, and ADH=1

NOTE

In 32-bit muxed address/data (A/D) mode the 16 MSBs are driven on the

data bus.

Figure 15. 16-Bit Muxed A/D Mode, Synchronous Read Access,

WSC=7, RADVN=1, ADH=1, OEA=0

EIM_BCLK

EIM_ADDRxx/

EIM_WE_B

EIM_LBA_B

EIM_OE_B

EIM_EBx_B

EIM_CSx_B

Address V1 Write Data

EIM_ADxx

WE4

WE16

WE6

WE7

WE9

WE8

WE10

WE11

WE14 WE15

WE17

WE5

Last Address

Valid

Last

EIM_BCLK

EIM_ADDRxx/

EIM_WE_B

EIM_LBA_B

EIM_OE_B

EIM_EBx_B

EIM_CSx_B

Address V1 Data

Address

EIM_ADxx

WE5

WE6

WE7

WE14 WE15

WE10

WE11

WE12 WE13

WE18

WE19

WE4

Valid

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 55

4.9.3.4 General EIM Timing-Asynchronous Mode

Figure 16 through Figure 20 and Table 38 provide timing parameters relative to the chip select (CS) state

for asynchronous and DTACK EIM accesses with corresponding EIM bit fields and the timing

parameters mentioned above.

Asynchronous read and write access length in cycles may vary from what is shown in Figure 16 through

Figure 19 as RWSC, OEN & CSN is configured differently. See the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad reference manual

(IMX6DQRM) for the EIM programming model.

Figure 16. Asynchronous Memory Read Access (RWSC = 5)

Last Valid Address Address V1

D(V1)

EIM_ADDRxx/

EIM_DATA[07:00]

EIM_WE_B

EIM_LBA_B

EIM_OE_B

EIM_EBx_B

EIM_CSx_B

Next Address

WE39

WE35

WE37

WE32

WE36

WE38

WE43

WE40

WE31

WE44

INT_CLK

start of

access

end of

access

MAXDI

MAXCSO

MAXCO

EIM_ADxx

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

56 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

Figure 17. Asynchronous A/D Muxed Read Access (RWSC = 5)

Figure 18. Asynchronous Memory Write Access

Addr. V1 D(V1)

EIM_ADDRxx/

EIM_WE_B

EIM_LBA_B

EIM_OE_B

EIM_EBx_B

EIM_CSx_B

WE39

WE35A

WE37

WE36

WE38

WE40A

WE31

WE44

INT_CLK

start of

access end of

access

MAXDI

MAXCSO

MAXCO

WE32A

EIM_ADxx

Last Valid Address Address V1

D(V1)

EIM_ADDRxx

EIM_DATAxx

EIM_WE_B

EIM_LBA_B

EIM_OE_B

EIM_EBx_B

EIM_CSx_B

Next Address

WE31

WE39

WE33

WE45

WE32

WE40

WE34

WE46

WE42

WE41

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 57

Figure 19. Asynchronous A/D Muxed Write Access

Figure 20. DTACK Mode Read Access (DAP=0)

EIM_WE_B

EIM_OE_B

EIM_EBx_B

EIM_CSx_B

WE33

WE45

WE34

WE46

Addr. V1 D(V1)

EIM_ADDRxx/

WE31

WE42

WE41A

WE32A

EIM_DATAxx

EIM_LBA_B

WE39

WE40A

Last Valid Address Address V1

D(V1)

EIM_ADDRxx

EIM_DATAxx[07:00]

EIM_WE_B

EIM_LBA_B

EIM_OE_B

EIM_EBx_B

EIM_CSx_B

Next Address

WE39

WE35

WE37

WE32

WE36

WE38

WE43

WE40

WE31

WE44

WE47

WE48

EIM_DTACK_B

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

58 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

Figure 21. DTACK Mode Write Access (DAP=0)

Table 38. EIM Asynchronous Timing Parameters Relative to Chip Select1, 2

Ref No. Parameter Determination by Synchronous

measured parameters Min Max Unit

WE31 EIM_CSx_B valid to Address Valid WE4-WE6-CSA×t-3.5-CSA×t3.5-CSA×tns

WE32 Address Invalid to EIM_CSx_B

Invalid

WE7-WE5-CSN×t-3.5-CSN×t3.5-CSN×tns

WE32A

(muxed

A/D)

EIM_CSx_B valid to Address

Invalid

t+WE4-WE7+

(ADVN+ADVA+1-CSA)×t

t-3.5+(ADVN+A

DVA+1-CSA)×t

t+3.5+(ADVN+ADVA+

1-CSA)×t

WE33 EIM_CSx_B Valid to EIM_WE_B

Valid

WE8-WE6+(WEA-WCSA)×t-3.5+(WEA-WCS

A)×t

3.5+(WEA-WCSA)×tns

WE34 EIM_WE_B Invalid to EIM_CSx_B

Invalid

WE7-WE9+(WEN-WCSN)×t -3.5+(WEN-WCS

N)×t

3.5+(WEN-WCSN)×tns

WE35 EIM_CSx_B Valid to EIM_OE_B

Valid

WE10- WE6+(OEA-RCSA)×t -3.5+(OEA-RCS

A)×t

3.5+(OEA-RCSA)×tns

WE35A

(muxed

A/D)

EIM_CSx_B Valid to EIM_OE_B

Valid

WE10-WE6+(OEA+RADVN+R

ADVA+ADH+1-RCSA)×t

-3.5+(OEA+RAD

VN+RADVA+ADH

+1-RCSA)×t

3.5+(OEA+RADVN+RA

DVA+ADH+1-RCSA)×t

WE36 EIM_OE_B Invalid to EIM_CSx_B

Invalid

WE7-WE11+(OEN-RCSN)×t -3.5+(OEN-RCS

N)×t

3.5+(OEN-RCSN)×tns

WE37 EIM_CSx_B Valid to EIM_EBx_B

Valid (Read access)

WE12-WE6+(RBEA-RCSA)×t -3.5+(RBEA- RC

SA)×t

3.5+(RBEA - RCSA)×tns

WE38 EIM_EBx_B Invalid to

EIM_CSx_B Invalid (Read access)

WE7-WE13+(RBEN-RCSN)×t-3.5+

(RBEN-RCSN)×t

3.5+(RBEN-RCSN)×tns

WE39 EIM_CSx_B Valid to EIM_LBA_B

Valid

WE14-WE6+(ADVA-CSA)×t-3.5+

(ADVA-CSA)×t

3.5+(ADVA-CSA)×tns

Last Valid Address Address V1

D(V1)

EIM_ADDRxx

EIM_DATAxx

EIM_WE_B

EIM_LBA_B

EIM_OE_B

EIM_EBx_B

EIM_CSx_B

Next Address

WE31

WE39

WE33

WE45

WE32

WE40

WE34

WE46

WE42

WE41

EIM_DTACK_B

WE47

WE48

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 59

WE40 EIM_LBA_B Invalid to

EIM_CSx_B Invalid (ADVL is

asserted)

WE7-WE15-CSN×t-3.5-CSN×t3.5-CSN×tns

WE40A

(muxed

A/D)

EIM_CSx_B Valid to EIM_LBA_B

Invalid

WE14-WE6+(ADVN+ADVA+1-

CSA)×t

-3.5+(ADVN+AD

VA+1-CSA)×t

3.5+(ADVN+ADVA

+1-CSA)×t

WE41 EIM_CSx_B Valid to Output Data

Valid

WE16-WE6-WCSA×t-3.5-WCSA×t3.5-WCSA×tns

WE41A

(muxed

A/D)

EIM_CSx_B Valid to Output Data

Valid

WE16-WE6+(WADVN+WADVA

+ADH+1-WCSA)×t

-3.5+(WADVN+

WADVA

+ADH+1-WCSA)

×t

3.5+(WADVN+WADVA

+ADH+1-WCSA)×t

WE42 Output Data Invalid to EIM_CSx_B

Invalid

WE17-WE7-CSN×t-3.5-CSN×t3.5-CSN×tns

MAXCO Output maximum delay from

internal driving

EIM_ADDRxx/control flip-flops to

chip outputs.

10 — 10 ns

MAXCSO Output maximum delay from

internal chip selects driving

flip-flops to EIM_CSx_B out.

10 — 10 ns

MAXDI EIM_DATAxx MAXIMUM delay

from chip input data to its internal

flip-flop

5—5ns

WE43 Input Data Valid to EIM_CSx_B

Invalid

MAXCO-MAXCSO+MAXDI MAXCO-MAXCS

O+MAXDI

—ns

WE44 EIM_CSx_B Invalid to Input Data

Invalid

00—ns

WE45 EIM_CSx_B Valid to EIM_EBx_B

Valid (Write access)

WE12-WE6+(WBEA-WCSA)×t -3.5+(WBEA-WC

SA)×t

3.5+(WBEA-WCSA)×tns

WE46 EIM_EBx_B Invalid to

EIM_CSx_B Invalid (Write access)

WE7-WE13+(WBEN-WCSN)×t -3.5+(WBEN-WC

SN)×t

3.5+(WBEN-WCSN)×tns

MAXDTI Maximum delay from

EIM_DTACK_B input to its internal

flip-flop + 2 cycles for

synchronization

10 — 10 ns

WE47 EIM_DTACK_B Active to

EIM_CSx_B Invalid

MAXCO-MAXCSO+MAXDTI MAXCO-MAXCS

O+MAXDTI

—ns

WE48 EIM_CSx_B Invalid to

EIM_DTACK_B invalid

00—ns

1For more information on configuration parameters mentioned in this table, see the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad reference manual

(IMX6DQRM).

Table 38. EIM Asynchronous Timing Parameters Relative to Chip Select1, 2 (continued)

Ref No. Parameter Determination by Synchronous

measured parameters Min Max Unit

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

60 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.10 Multi-Mode DDR Controller (MMDC)

The Multi-mode DDR Controller is a dedicated interface to DDR3/DDR3L/LPDDR2 SDRAM.

4.10.1 MMDC Compatibility with JEDEC-Compliant SDRAMs

The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad MMDC supports the following memory types:

• LPDDR2 SDRAM compliant to JESD209-2B LPDDR2 JEDEC standard release June, 2009

• DDR3/DDR3L SDRAM compliant to JESD79-3D DDR3 JEDEC standard release April, 2008

MMDC operation with the standards stated above is contingent upon the board DDR design adherence to

the DDR design and layout requirements stated in the Hardware Development Guide for i.MX 6Quad,

6Dual, 6DualLite, 6Solo Families of Applications Processors (IMX6DQ6SDLHDG).

4.10.2 MMDC Supported DDR3/DDR3L/LPDDR2 Configurations

The table below shows the supported DDR3/DDR3L/LPDDR2 configurations:

4.11 General-Purpose Media Interface (GPMI) Timing

The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad GPMI controller is a flexible interface NAND Flash controller with 8-bit data

width, up to 200 MB/s I/O speed and individual chip select. It supports Asynchronous timing mode, Source

Synchronous timing mode, and Samsung Toggle timing mode separately described in the following

subsections.

2In this table:

• t means clock period from axi_clk frequency.

• CSA means register setting for WCSA when in write operations or RCSA when in read operations.

• CSN means register setting for WCSN when in write operations or RCSN when in read operations.

• ADVN means register setting for WADVN when in write operations or RADVN when in read operations.

• ADVA means register setting for WADVA when in write operations or RADVA when in read operations.

Table 39. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Supported DDR3/DDR3L/LPDDR2 Configurations

Parameter LPDDR2 DDR3 DDR3L

Clock frequency 400 MHz 532 MHz 532 MHz

Bus width 32-bit per channel 16/32/64-bit 16/32/64-bit

Channel Dual Single Single

Chip selects 2 per channel 2 2

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 61

4.11.1 Asynchronous Mode AC Timing (ONFI 1.0 Compatible)

Asynchronous mode AC timings are provided as multiplications of the clock cycle and fixed delay. The

Maximum I/O speed of GPMI in Asynchronous mode is about 50 MB/s. Figure 22 through Figure 25

depict the relative timing between GPMI signals at the module level for different operations under

Asynchronous mode. Table 40 describes the timing parameters (NF1–NF17) that are shown in the figures.

Figure 22. Command Latch Cycle Timing Diagram

Figure 23. Address Latch Cycle Timing Diagram

Figure 24. Write Data Latch Cycle Timing Diagram

Command

.!.$?#,%

.!.$?#%?"

.!.$?7%?"

.!.$?!,%

.!.$?$!4!XX

NF8 NF9

NF7

NF6

NF5

NF2

NF1

NF3 NF4

Address

NF10

NF11

NF9NF8

NF7

NF6

NF5

NF1

NF3

.!.$?#,%

.!.$?#%?"

.!.$?7%?"

.!.$?!,%

NAND_DATAxx

Data to NF

NF10

NF11

NF7

NF6

NF5

NF1

NF3

.!.$?#,%

.!.$?#%?"

.!.$?7%?"

.!.$?!,%

.!.$?$!4!XX

NF9

NF8

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

62 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

Figure 25. Read Data Latch Cycle Timing Diagram (Non-EDO Mode)

Figure 26. Read Data Latch Cycle Timing Diagram (EDO Mode)

Table 40. Asynchronous Mode Timing Parameters1

ID Parameter Symbol

Timing

T = GPMI Clock Cycle Unit

Min Max

NF1 NAND_CLE setup time tCLS (AS + DS) ×T - 0.12 [see 2,3]ns

NF2 NAND_CLE hold time tCLH DH ×T - 0.72 [see 2]ns

NF3 NAND_CEx_B setup time tCS (AS + DS + 1) ×T [see 3,2]ns

NF4 NAND_CEx_B hold time tCH (DH+1) ×T - 1 [see 2]ns

NF5 NAND_WE_B pulse width tWP DS ×T [see 2]ns

NF6 NAND_ALE setup time tALS (AS + DS) ×T - 0.49 [see 3,2]ns

NF7 NAND_ALE hold time tALH (DH ×T - 0.42 [see 2]ns

NF8 Data setup time tDS DS ×T - 0.26 [see 2]ns

NF9 Data hold time tDH DH ×T - 1.37 [see 2]ns

NF10 Write cycle time tWC (DS + DH) ×T [see 2]ns

NF11 NAND_WE_B hold time tWH DH ×T [see 2]ns

NF12 Ready to NAND_RE_B low tRR4(AS + 2) ×T [see 3,2]—ns

NF13 NAND_RE_B pulse width tRP DS ×T [see 2]ns

NF14 READ cycle time tRC (DS + DH) ×T [see 2]ns

NF15 NAND_RE_B high hold time tREH DH ×T [see 2]ns

Data from NF

NF14

NF15

NF17

NF16

NF12

NF13

.!.$?#,%

.!.$?#%?"

.!.$?2%?"

.!.$?2%!$9?"

.!.$?$!4!XX

Data from NF

NF14

NF15

NF17

NF16

NF12

NF13

.!.$?#,%

.!.$?#%?"

.!.$?2%?"

.!.$?2%!$9?"

NAND_DATAxx

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 63

In EDO mode (Figure 26), NF16/NF17 are different from the definition in non-EDO mode (Figure 25).

They are called tREA/tRHOH (NAND_RE_B access time/NAND_RE_B HIGH to output hold). The

typical value for them are 16 ns (max for tREA)/15 ns (min for tRHOH) at 50 MB/s EDO mode. In EDO

mode, GPMI will sample NAND_DATAxx at rising edge of delayed NAND_RE_B provided by an

internal DPLL. The delay value can be controlled by GPMI_CTRL1.RDN_DELAY (see the GPMI chapter

of the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad reference manual (IMX6DQRM)). The typical value of this control register is

0x8 at 50 MT/s EDO mode. However, if the board delay is large enough and cannot be ignored, the delay

value should be made larger to compensate the board delay.

NF16 Data setup on read tDSR — (DS ×T -0.67)/18.38 [see 5,6]ns

NF17 Data hold on read tDHR 0.82/11.83 [see 5,6]—ns

1The GPMI asynchronous mode output timing can be controlled by the module’s internal registers

HW_GPMI_TIMING0_ADDRESS_SETUP, HW_GPMI_TIMING0_DATA_SETUP, and HW_GPMI_TIMING0_DATA_HOLD.

This AC timing depends on these registers settings. In the table, AS/DS/DH represents each of these settings.

2 AS minimum value can be 0, while DS/DH minimum value is 1.

3T = GPMI clock period -0.075ns (half of maximum p-p jitter).

4NF12 is met automatically by the design.

5Non-EDO mode.

6EDO mode, GPMI clock ≈ 100 MHz

(AS=DS=DH=1, GPMI_CTL1 [RDN_DELAY] = 8, GPMI_CTL1 [HALF_PERIOD] = 0).

Table 40. Asynchronous Mode Timing Parameters1 (continued)

ID Parameter Symbol

Timing

T = GPMI Clock Cycle Unit

Min Max

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

64 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.11.2 Source Synchronous Mode AC Timing (ONFI 2.x Compatible)

Figure 27 shows the write and read timing of Source Synchronous mode.

Figure 27. Source Synchronous Mode Command and Address Timing Diagram

NF18

NF25 NF26

NF20

NF21

NF20

NF23

NF24

NF19

NF22

NF21

CMD ADD

.!.$?#%?"

NAND_CLE

NAND_ALE

NAND_WE/RE_B

NAND_CLK

NAND_DQS

Output enable

NAND_DATA[7:0]

Output enable

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 65

Figure 28. Source Synchronous Mode Data Write Timing Diagram

Figure 29. Source Synchronous Mode Data Read Timing Diagram

NF23

NF18

NF25

NF26

NF27

NF25

NF26

NF28 NF28

NF29 NF29

NF23 NF24

NF24

NF19

NF27

NF22

.!.$?#%?"

.!.$?#,%

.!.$?!,%

NAND_WE/RE_B

.!.$?#,+

.!.$?$13

Output enable

.!.$?$1;=

Output enable

NF23

NF18

NF25

NF26

NF25

NF26

NF23 NF24

NF24

NF19

NF22

NF25

NF26

.!.$?#%?"

.!.$?#,%

NAND_ALE

.!.$?7%2%

.!.$?#,+

.!.$?$13

/UTPUTENABLE

.!.$?$!4!;=

/UTPUTENABLE

NF25

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

66 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

Figure 30. NAND_DQS/NAND_DQ Read Valid Window

Figure 30 shows the timing diagram of NAND_DQS/NAND_DATAxx read valid window. For Source

Synchronous mode, the typical value of tDQSQ is 0.85 ns (max) and 1 ns (max) for tQHS at 200MB/s.

GPMI will sample NAND_DATA[7:0] at both rising and falling edge of a delayed NAND_DQS signal,

which can be provided by an internal DPLL. The delay value can be controlled by GPMI register

GPMI_READ_DDR_DLL_CTRL.SLV_DLY_TARGET (see the GPMI chapter of the i.MX

6Dual/6Quad reference manual (IMX6DQRM)). Generally, the typical delay value of this register is equal

to 0x7 which means 1/4 clock cycle delay expected. However, if the board delay is large enough and cannot

be ignored, the delay value should be made larger to compensate the board delay.

Table 41. Source Synchronous Mode Timing Parameters1

1The GPMI source synchronous mode output timing can be controlled by the module’s internal registers

GPMI_TIMING2_CE_DELAY, GPMI_TIMING_PREAMBLE_DELAY, GPMI_TIMING2_POST_DELAY. This AC timing depends

on these registers settings. In the table, CE_DELAY/PRE_DELAY/POST_DELAY represents each of these settings.

ID Parameter Symbol

Timing

T = GPMI Clock Cycle Unit

Min Max

NF18 NAND_CEx_B access time tCE CE_DELAY ×T - 0.79 [see 2]

2T = tCK (GPMI clock period) -0.075ns (half of maximum p-p jitter).

NF19 NAND_CEx_B hold time tCH 0.5 ×tCK - 0.63 [see 2]ns

NF20 Command/address NAND_DATAxx setup time tCAS 0.5 ×tCK - 0.05 ns

NF21 Command/address NAND_DATAxx hold time tCAH 0.5 ×tCK - 1.23 ns

NF22 clock period tCK — ns

NF23 preamble delay tPRE PRE_DELAY ×T - 0.29 [see 2]ns

NF24 postamble delay tPOST POST_DELAY ×T - 0.78 [see 2]ns

NF25 NAND_CLE and NAND_ALE setup time tCALS 0.5 ×tCK - 0.86 ns

NF26 NAND_CLE and NAND_ALE hold time tCALH 0.5 ×tCK - 0.37 ns

NF27 NAND_CLK to first NAND_DQS latching transition tDQSS T - 0.41 [see 2]ns

NF28 Data write setup tDS 0.25 ×tCK - 0.35 —

NF29 Data write hold tDH 0.25 ×tCK - 0.85 —

NF30 NAND_DQS/NAND_DQ read setup skew tDQSQ — 2.06 —

NF31 NAND_DQS/NAND_DQ read hold skew tQHS — 1.95 —

D0 D1 D2 D3

.!.$?$13

.!.$?$!4!;=

NF30

NF31

NF30

NF31

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 67

4.11.3 Samsung Toggle Mode AC Timing

4.11.3.1 Command and Address Timing

Samsung Toggle mode command and address timing is the same as ONFI 1.0 compatible Async mode AC

timing. See Section 4.11.1, “Asynchronous Mode AC Timing (ONFI 1.0 Compatible)” for details.

4.11.3.2 Read and Write Timing

Figure 31. Samsung Toggle Mode Data Write Timing

.!.$?$!4!;=

DEV?CLK

.!.$?#%X?"

.!.$?#,%

.!.$?!,%

.!.$?7%?"

.!.$?2%?"

.!.$?$13





T#+

.& .&

T#+

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

68 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

Figure 32. Samsung Toggle Mode Data Read Timing

Table 42. Samsung Toggle Mode Timing Parameters1

ID Parameter Symbol

Timing

T = GPMI Clock Cycle Unit

Min Max

NF1 NAND_CLE setup time tCLS (AS + DS) ×T - 0.12 [see 2,3]—

NF2 NAND_CLE hold time tCLH DH ×T - 0.72 [see 2]—

NF3 NAND_CEx_B setup time tCS (AS + DS) ×T - 0.58 [see 3,2]—

NF4 NAND_CEx_B hold time tCH DH ×T - 1 [see 2]—

NF5 NAND_WE_B pulse width tWP DS ×T [see 2]—

NF6 NAND_ALE setup time tALS (AS + DS) ×T - 0.49 [see 3,2]—

NF7 NAND_ALE hold time tALH DH ×T - 0.42 [see 2]—

NF8 Command/address NAND_DATAxx setup time tCAS DS ×T - 0.26 [see 2]—

NF9 Command/address NAND_DATAxx hold time tCAH DH ×T - 1.37 [see 2]—

NF18 NAND_CEx_B access time tCE CE_DELAY ×T [see 4,2]—ns

NF22 clock period tCK — — ns

NF23 preamble delay tPRE PRE_DELAY ×T [see 5,2]—ns

NF24 postamble delay tPOST POST_DELAY ×T +0.43 [see 2]— ns

DEV?CLK

.!.$?#%X?"

.!.$?#,%

.!.$?!,%

.!.$?7%?"

.!.$?2%?"

.!.$?$13

.!.$?$!4!;=

.&



T#+

.&

T#+

.& T#+

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 69

Figure 30 shows the timing diagram of NAND_DQS/NAND_DATAxx read valid window. For DDR

Toggle mode, the typical value of tDQSQ is 1.4 ns (max) and 1.4 ns (max) for tQHS at 133 MB/s. GPMI

will sample NAND_DATA[7:0] at both rising and falling edge of a delayed NAND_DQS signal, which is

provided by an internal DPLL. The delay value of this register can be controlled by GPMI register

GPMI_READ_DDR_DLL_CTRL.SLV_DLY_TARGET (see the GPMI chapter of the i.MX

6Dual/6Quad reference manual (IMX6DQRM)). Generally, the typical delay value is equal to 0x7 which

means 1/4 clock cycle delay expected. However, if the board delay is large enough and cannot be ignored,

the delay value should be made larger to compensate the board delay.

4.12 External Peripheral Interface Parameters

The following subsections provide information on external peripheral interfaces.

4.12.1 AUDMUX Timing Parameters

The AUDMUX provides a programmable interconnect logic for voice, audio, and data routing between

internal serial interfaces (SSIs) and external serial interfaces (audio and voice codecs). The AC timing of

AUDMUX external pins is governed by the SSI module. For more information, see the respective SSI

electrical specifications found within this document.

4.12.2 ECSPI Timing Parameters

This section describes the timing parameters of the ECSPI block. The ECSPI has separate timing

parameters for master and slave modes.

NF28 Data write setup tDS60.25 ×tCK - 0.32 — ns

NF29 Data write hold tDH60.25 ×tCK - 0.79 — ns

NF30 NAND_DQS/NAND_DQ read setup skew tDQSQ7—3.18—

NF31 NAND_DQS/NAND_DQ read hold skew tQHS7—3.27—

1The GPMI toggle mode output timing can be controlled by the module’s internal registers

HW_GPMI_TIMING0_ADDRESS_SETUP, HW_GPMI_TIMING0_DATA_SETUP, and HW_GPMI_TIMING0_DATA_HOLD.

This AC timing depends on these registers settings. In the table, AS/DS/DH represents each of these settings.

2 AS minimum value can be 0, while DS/DH minimum value is 1.

3T = tCK (GPMI clock period) -0.075ns (half of maximum p-p jitter).

4CE_DELAY represents HW_GPMI_TIMING2[CE_DELAY]. NF18 is met automatically by the design. Read/Write operation is

started with enough time of ALE/CLE assertion to low level.

5PRE_DELAY+1) ≥ (AS+DS).

6Shown in Figure 28.

7Shown in Figure 29.

Table 42. Samsung Toggle Mode Timing Parameters1 (continued)

ID Parameter Symbol

Timing

T = GPMI Clock Cycle Unit

Min Max

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

70 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.2.1 ECSPI Master Mode Timing

Figure 33 depicts the timing of ECSPI in master mode and Table 43 lists the ECSPI master mode timing

characteristics.

Figure 33. ECSPI Master Mode Timing Diagram

Table 43. ECSPI Master Mode Timing Parameters

ID Parameter Symbol Min Max Unit

CS1 ECSPIx_SCLK Cycle Time–Read

• Slow group1

• Fast group2

ECSPIx_SCLK Cycle Time–Write

1ECSPI slow includes:

ECSPI1/DISP0_DAT22, ECSPI1/KEY_COL1, ECSPI1/CSI0_DAT6,

ECSPI2/EIM_OE, ECSPI2/ ECSPI2/CSI0_DAT10, ECSPI3/DISP0_DAT2

2ECSPI fast includes:

ECSPI1/EIM_D17, ECSPI4/EIM_D22, ECSPI5/SD2_DAT0, ECSPI5/SD1_DAT0

tclk

—ns

CS2 ECSPIx_SCLK High or Low Time–Read

• Slow group1

• Fast group2

ECSPIx_SCLK High or Low Time–Write

tSW

—ns

CS3 ECSPIx_SCLK Rise or Fall3

3See specific I/O AC parameters Section 4.7, “I/O AC Parameters.”

tRISE/FALL ——ns

CS4 ECSPIx_SSx pulse width tCSLH Half ECSPIx_SCLK period — ns

CS5 ECSPIx_SSx Lead Time (CS setup time) tSCS Half ECSPIx_SCLK period - 4 — ns

CS6 ECSPIx_SSx Lag Time (CS hold time) tHCS Half ECSPIx_SCLK period - 2 — ns

CS7 ECSPIx_MOSI Propagation Delay (CLOAD =20pF) t

PDmosi -1 1 ns

CS8 ECSPIx_MISO Setup Time

• Slow group1

• Fast group2

tSmiso

21.5

—ns

CS9 ECSPIx_MISO Hold Time tHmiso 0—ns

CS10 ECSPIx_RDY to ECSPIx_SSx Time4

4ECSPI_RDY is sampled internally by ipg_clk and is asynchronous to all other CSPI signals.

tSDRY 5—ns

CS1

CS7

CS2

CS4

CS6 CS5

CS8 CS9

ECSPIx_SCLK

ECSPIx_SS_B

ECSPIx_MOSI

ECSPIx_MISO

ECSPIx_RDY_B

CS10

CS3

Note: ECSPIx_MOSI is always driven (not tri-stated) between actual data transmissions. This limits the ECSPI to be

connected between a single master and a single slave.

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 71

4.12.2.2 ECSPI Slave Mode Timing

Figure 34 depicts the timing of ECSPI in slave mode and Table 44 lists the ECSPI slave mode timing

characteristics.

Figure 34. ECSPI Slave Mode Timing Diagram

Table 44. ECSPI Slave Mode Timing Parameters

ID Parameter Symbol Min Max Unit

CS1 ECSPIx_SCLK Cycle Time–Read

• Slow group1

• Fast group2

ECSPIx_SCLK Cycle Time–Write

1ECSPI slow includes:

ECSPI1/DISP0_DAT22, ECSPI1/KEY_COL1, ECSPI1/CSI0_DAT6,

ECSPI2/EIM_OE, ECSPI2/DISP0_DAT17, ECSPI2/CSI0_DAT10, ECSPI3/DISP0_DAT2

2ECSPI fast includes:

ECSPI1/EIM_D17, ECSPI4/EIM_D22, ECSPI5/SD2_DAT0, ECSPI5/SD1_DAT0

tclk

—ns

CS2 ECSPIx_SCLK High or Low Time–Read

• Slow group1

• Fast group2

ECSPIx_SCLK High or Low Time–Write

tSW

—ns

CS4 ECSPIx_SSx pulse width tCSLH Half ECSPIx_SCLK period — ns

CS5 ECSPIx_SSx Lead Time (CS setup time) tSCS 5—ns

CS6 ECSPIx_SSx Lag Time (CS hold time) tHCS 5—ns

CS7 ECSPIx_MOSI Setup Time tSmosi 4—ns

CS8 ECSPIx_MOSI Hold Time tHmosi 4—ns

CS9 ECSPIx_MISO Propagation Delay (CLOAD =20pF)

• Slow group1

• Fast group2

tPDmiso 4

CS1

CS7 CS8

CS2

CS4

CS6 CS5

CS9

ECSPIx_SCLK

ECSPIx_SS_B

ECSPIx_MISO

ECSPIx_MOSI

Note: ECSPIx_MISO is always driven (not tri-stated) between actual data transmissions. This limits the ECSPI to be con-

nected between a single master and a single slave.

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

72 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.3 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) Timing Parameters

The ESAI consists of independent transmitter and receiver sections, each section with its own clock

generator. Table 45 shows the interface timing values. The number field in the table refers to timing

signals found in Figure 35 and Figure 36.

Table 45. Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) Timing

ID Parameter1,2 Symbol Expression2Min Max Condition3Unit

62 Clock cycle4tSSICC 4 × Tc

4 × Tc

30.0

—

i ck

63 Clock high period:

• For internal clock

• For external clock

—

2 × Tc − 9.0

2 × Tc

—

64 Clock low period:

• For internal clock

• For external clock

—

2 × Tc − 9.0

2 × Tc

—

65 ESAI_RX_CLK rising edge to ESAI_RX_FS out (bl) high —

—

19.0

7.0

x ck

i ck a

66 ESAI_RX_CLK rising edge to ESAI_RX_FS out (bl) low —

—

19.0

7.0

x ck

i ck a

67 ESAI_RX_CLK rising edge to ESAI_RX_FS out (wr)

high5

—

19.0

9.0

x ck

i ck a

68 ESAI_RX_CLK rising edge to ESAI_RX_FS out (wr) low5—

—

19.0

9.0

x ck

i ck a

69 ESAI_RX_CLK rising edge to ESAI_RX_FS out (wl) high —

—

19.0

6.0

x ck

i ck a

70 ESAI_RX_CLK rising edge to ESAI_RX_FSout (wl) low —

—

17.0

7.0

x ck

i ck a

71 Data in setup time before ESAI_RX_CLK (serial clock in

synchronous mode) falling edge

—

12.0

19.0

—

x ck

i ck

72 Data in hold time after ESAI_RX_CLK falling edge —

—

3.5

9.0

—

x ck

i ck

73 ESAI_RX_FS input (bl, wr) high before ESAI_RX_CLK

falling edge5

—

2.0

19.0

—

x ck

i ck a

74 ESAI_RX_FS input (wl) high before ESAI_RX_CLK

falling edge

—

2.0

19.0

—

x ck

i ck a

75 ESAI_RX_FS input hold time after ESAI_RX_CLK falling

edge

—

2.5

8.5

—

x ck

i ck a

78 ESAI_TX_CLK rising edge to ESAI_TX_FS out (bl) high —

—

19.0

8.0

x ck

i ck

79 ESAI_TX_CLK rising edge to ESAI_TX_FS out (bl) low —

—

20.0

10.0

x ck

i ck

80 ESAI_TX_CLK rising edge to ESAI_TX_FS out (wr)

high5

—

20.0

10.0

x ck

i ck

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 73

81 ESAI_TX_CLK rising edge to ESAI_TX_FS out (wr) low5 —

—

22.0

12.0

x ck

i ck

82 ESAI_TX_CLK rising edge to ESAI_TX_FS out (wl) high —

—

19.0

9.0

x ck

i ck

83 ESAI_TX_CLK rising edge to ESAI_TX_FS out (wl) low —

—

20.0

10.0

x ck

i ck

84 ESAI_TX_CLK rising edge to data out enable from high

impedance

—

22.0

17.0

x ck

i ck

86 ESAI_TX_CLK rising edge to data out valid —

—

19.0

13.0

x ck

i ck

87 ESAI_TX_CLK rising edge to data out high impedance 67 —

—

21.0

16.0

x ck

i ck

89 ESAI_TX_FS input (bl, wr) setup time before

ESAI_TX_CLK falling edge5

—

2.0

18.0

—

x ck

i ck

90 ESAI_TX_FS input (wl) setup time before ESAI_TX_CLK

falling edge

—

2.0

18.0

—

x ck

i ck

91 ESAI_TX_FS input hold time after ESAI_TX_CLK falling

edge

—

4.0

5.0

—

x ck

i ck

95 ESAI_RX_HF_CLK/ESAI_TX_HF_CLK clock cycle — 2 x TC15 — — ns

96 ESAI_TX_HF_CLK input rising edge to ESAI_TX_CLK

output

———18.0—ns

97 ESAI_RX_HF_CLK input rising edge to ESAI_RX_CLK

output

———18.0—ns

1i ck = internal clock

x ck = external clock

i ck a = internal clock, asynchronous mode

(asynchronous implies that ESAI_TX_CLK and ESAI_RX_CLK are two different clocks)

i ck s = internal clock, synchronous mode

(synchronous implies that ESAI_TX_CLK and ESAI_RX_CLK are the same clock)

2bl = bit length

wl = word length

wr = word length relative

3ESAI_TX_CLK(ESAI_TX_CLK pin) = transmit clock

ESAI_RX_CLK(ESAI_RX_CLK pin) = receive clock

ESAI_TX_FS(ESAI_TX_FS pin) = transmit frame sync

ESAI_RX_FS(ESAI_RX_FS pin) = receive frame sync

ESAI_TX_HF_CLK(ESAI_TX_HF_CLK pin) = transmit high frequency clock

ESAI_RX_HF_CLK(ESAI_RX_HF_CLK pin) = receive high frequency clock

4For the internal clock, the external clock cycle is defined by Icyc and the ESAI control register.

5The word-relative frame sync signal waveform relative to the clock operates in the same manner as the bit-length frame sync

signal waveform, but it spreads from one serial clock before the first bit clock (like the bit length frame sync signal), until the

second-to-last bit clock of the first word in the frame.

6Periodically sampled and not 100% tested.

Table 45. Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) Timing (continued)

ID Parameter1,2 Symbol Expression2Min Max Condition3Unit

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

74 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

Figure 35. ESAI Transmitter Timing

ESAI_TX_CLK

(Input/Output)

ESAI_TX_FS

(Bit)

Out

ESAI_TX_FS

(Word)

Out

Data Out

ESAI_TX_FS

(Bit) In

ESAI_TX_FS

(Word) In

78 79

82 83

8686

90 91

Last BitFirst Bit

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 75

Figure 36. ESAI Receiver Timing

ESAI_RX_CLK

(Input/Output)

ESAI_RX_FS

(Bit) Out

ESAI_RX_FS

(Word) Out

Data In

ESAI_RX_FS

(Bit) In

ESAI_RX_FS

(Word) In

69 70

74 75

First Bit Last Bit

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

76 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.4 Ultra High Speed SD/SDIO/MMC Host Interface (uSDHC)

AC Timing

This section describes the electrical information of the uSDHC, which includes SD/eMMC4.3 (Single

Data Rate) timing and eMMC4.4/4.1 (Dual Date Rate) timing.

4.12.4.1 SD/eMMC4.3 (Single Data Rate) AC Timing

Figure 37 depicts the timing of SD/eMMC4.3, and Table 46 lists the SD/eMMC4.3 timing characteristics.

Figure 37. SD/eMMC4.3 Timing

Table 46. SD/eMMC4.3 Interface Timing Specification

ID Parameter Symbols Min Max Unit

Card Input Clock

SD1 Clock Frequency (Low Speed) fPP10400kHz

Clock Frequency (SD/SDIO Full Speed/High Speed) fPP20 25/50 MHz

Clock Frequency (MMC Full Speed/High Speed) fPP30 20/52 MHz

Clock Frequency (Identification Mode) fOD 100 400 kHz

SD2 Clock Low Time tWL 7—ns

SD3 Clock High Time tWH 7—ns

SD4 Clock Rise Time tTLH —3ns

SD5 Clock Fall Time tTHL —3ns

eSDHC Output/Card Inputs SD_CMD, SD_DATAx (Reference to SDx_CLK)

SD6 eSDHC Output Delay tOD –6.6 3.6 ns

SD1

SD3

SD5

SD4

SD7

SDx_CLK

SD2

SD8

SD6

Output from uSDHC to card

Input from card to uSDHC

SDx_DATA[7:0]

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 77

4.12.4.2 eMMC4.4/4.41 (Dual Data Rate) eSDHCv3 AC Timing

Figure 38 depicts the timing of eMMC4.4/4.41. Table 47 lists the eMMC4.4/4.41 timing characteristics.

Be aware that only SDx_DATAx is sampled on both edges of the clock (not applicable to SD_CMD).

Figure 38. eMMC4.4/4.41 Timing

eSDHC Input/Card Outputs SD_CMD, SD_DATAx (Reference to SDx_CLK)

SD7 eSDHC Input Setup Time tISU 2.5 — ns

SD8 eSDHC Input Hold Time4tIH 1.5 — ns

1In low speed mode, card clock must be lower than 400 kHz, voltage ranges from 2.7 to 3.6 V.

2In normal (full) speed mode for SD/SDIO card, clock frequency can be any value between 0–25 MHz. In high-speed mode,

clock frequency can be any value between 0–50 MHz.

3In normal (full) speed mode for MMC card, clock frequency can be any value between 0–20 MHz. In high-speed mode, clock

frequency can be any value between 0–52 MHz.

4To satisfy hold timing, the delay difference between clock input and cmd/data input must not exceed 2 ns.

Table 47. eMMC4.4/4.41 Interface Timing Specification

ID Parameter Symbols Min Max Unit

Card Input Clock1

1Clock duty cycle will be in the range of 47% to 53%.

SD1 Clock Frequency (EMMC4.4 DDR) fPP 052MHz

SD1 Clock Frequency (SD3.0 DDR) fPP 050MHz

uSDHC Output / Card Inputs SD_CMD, SD_DATAx (Reference to SD_CLK)

SD2 uSDHC Output Delay tOD 2.8 6.8 ns

uSDHC Input / Card Outputs SD_CMD, SD_DATAx (Reference to SD_CLK)

SD3 uSDHC Input Setup Time tISU 1.7 — ns

SD4 uSDHC Input Hold Time tIH 1.5 — ns

Table 46. SD/eMMC4.3 Interface Timing Specification (continued)

ID Parameter Symbols Min Max Unit

SD1

SD3

Output from eSDHCv3 to card

Input from card to eSDHCv3

SDx_DATA[7:0]

SDx_CLK

SD4

SD2

......

SDx_DATA[7:0]

SD2

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

78 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.4.3 SDR50/SDR104 AC Timing

Figure 39 depicts the timing of SDR50/SDR104, and Table 48 lists the SDR50/SDR104 timing

characteristics.

Figure 39. SDR50/SDR104 Timing

Table 48. SDR50/SDR104 Interface Timing Specification

ID Parameter Symbols Min Max Unit

Card Input Clock

SD1 Clock Frequency Period tCLK 4.8 — ns

SD2 Clock Low Time tCL 0.46 ×tCLK 0.54 ×tCLK ns

SD3 Clock High Time tCH 0.46 ×tCLK 0.54 ×tCLK ns

uSDHC Output/Card Inputs SD_CMD, SDx_DATAx in SDR50 (Reference to SDx_CLK)

SD4 uSDHC Output Delay tOD –3 1 ns

uSDHC Output/Card Inputs SD_CMD, SDx_DATAx in SDR104 (Reference to SDx_CLK)

SD5 uSDHC Output Delay tOD –1.6 0.74 ns

uSDHC Input/Card Outputs SD_CMD, SDx_DATAx in SDR50 (Reference to SDx_CLK)

SD6 uSDHC Input Setup Time tISU 2.5 — ns

SD7 uSDHC Input Hold Time tIH 1.5 — ns

uSDHC Input/Card Outputs SD_CMD, SDx_DATAx in SDR104 (Reference to SDx_CLK)1

1Data window in SDR100 mode is variable.

SD8 Card Output Data Window tODW 0.5 ×tCLK —ns

Output from uSDHC to card

Input from card to uSDHC

SCK

SD4

SD3

SD5

SD8

SD7

SD6

SD1

SD2

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 79

4.12.4.4 Bus Operation Condition for 3.3 V and 1.8 V Signaling

Signaling level of SD/eMMC4.3 and eMMC4.4/4.41 modes is 3.3 V. Signaling level of SDR104/SDR50

mode is 1.8 V. The DC parameters for the NVCC_SD1, NVCC_SD2, and NVCC_SD3 supplies are

identical to those shown in Table 21, “GPIO I/O DC Parameters,” on page 37.

4.12.5 Ethernet Controller (ENET) AC Electrical Specifications

4.12.5.1 ENET MII Mode Timing

This subsection describes MII receive, transmit, asynchronous inputs, and serial management signal

timings.

4.12.5.1.1 MII Receive Signal Timing (ENET_RX_DATA3,2,1,0, ENET_RX_EN,

ENET_RX_ER, and ENET_RX_CLK)

The receiver functions correctly up to an ENET_RX_CLK maximum frequency of 25 MHz + 1%. There

is no minimum frequency requirement. Additionally, the processor clock frequency must exceed twice the

ENET_RX_CLK frequency.

Figure 40 shows MII receive signal timings. Table 49 describes the timing parameters (M1–M4) shown in

the figure.

Figure 40. MII Receive Signal Timing Diagram

1 ENET_RX_EN, ENET_RX_CLK, and ENET0_RXD0 have the same timing in 10 Mbps 7-wire interface mode.

Table 49. MII Receive Signal Timing

ID Characteristic1Min Max Unit

M1 ENET_RX_DATA3,2,1,0, ENET_RX_EN, ENET_RX_ER to

ENET_RX_CLK setup

5— ns

M2 ENET_RX_CLK to ENET_RX_DATA3,2,1,0, ENET_RX_EN,

ENET_RX_ER hold

5— ns

M3 ENET_RX_CLK pulse width high 35% 65% ENET_RX_CLK period

M4 ENET_RX_CLK pulse width low 35% 65% ENET_RX_CLK period

ENET_RX_CLK (input)

ENET_RX_DATA3,2,1,0

M1 M2

ENET_RX_ER

ENET_RX_EN

(inputs)

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

80 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.5.1.2 MII Transmit Signal Timing

(ENET_TX_DATA3,2,1,0, ENET_TX_EN, ENET_TX_ER, and ENET_TX_CLK)

The transmitter functions correctly up to an ENET_TX_CLK maximum frequency of 25 MHz + 1%.

There is no minimum frequency requirement. Additionally, the processor clock frequency must exceed

twice the ENET_TX_CLK frequency.

Figure 41 shows MII transmit signal timings. Table 50 describes the timing parameters (M5–M8) shown

in the figure.

Figure 41. MII Transmit Signal Timing Diagram

1 ENET_TX_EN, ENET_TX_CLK, and ENET0_TXD0 have the same timing in 10-Mbps 7-wire interface mode.

4.12.5.1.3 MII Asynchronous Inputs Signal Timing (ENET_CRS and ENET_COL)

Figure 42 shows MII asynchronous input timings. Table 51 describes the timing parameter (M9) shown in

the figure.

Figure 42. MII Async Inputs Timing Diagram

Table 50. MII Transmit Signal Timing

ID Characteristic1Min Max Unit

M5 ENET_TX_CLK to ENET_TX_DATA3,2,1,0, ENET_TX_EN,

ENET_TX_ER invalid

5— ns

M6 ENET_TX_CLK to ENET_TX_DATA3,2,1,0, ENET_TX_EN,

ENET_TX_ER valid

—20 ns

M7 ENET_TX_CLK pulse width high 35% 65% ENET_TX_CLK period

M8 ENET_TX_CLK pulse width low 35% 65% ENET_TX_CLK period

ENET_TX_CLK (input)

ENET_TX_DATA3,2,1,0

ENET_TX_ER

ENET_TX_EN

(outputs)

ENET_CRS, ENET_COL

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 81

1 ENET_COL has the same timing in 10-Mbit 7-wire interface mode.

4.12.5.1.4 MII Serial Management Channel Timing (ENET_MDIO and ENET_MDC)

The MDC frequency is designed to be equal to or less than 2.5 MHz to be compatible with the IEEE 802.3

MII specification. However the ENET can function correctly with a maximum MDC frequency of

15 MHz.

Figure 43 shows MII asynchronous input timings. Table 52 describes the timing parameters (M10–M15)

shown in the figure.

Figure 43. MII Serial Management Channel Timing Diagram

Table 51. MII Asynchronous Inputs Signal Timing

ID Characteristic Min Max Unit

M91ENET_CRS to ENET_COL minimum pulse width 1.5 — ENET_TX_CLK period

Table 52. MII Serial Management Channel Timing

ID Characteristic Min Max Unit

M10 ENET_MDC falling edge to ENET_MDIO output invalid

(minimum propagation delay)

0— ns

M11 ENET_MDC falling edge to ENET_MDIO output valid

(maximum propagation delay)

—5 ns

M12 ENET_MDIO (input) to ENET_MDC rising edge setup 18 — ns

M13 ENET_MDIO (input) to ENET_MDC rising edge hold 0 — ns

M14 ENET_MDC pulse width high 40% 60% ENET_MDC period

M15 ENET_MDC pulse width low 40% 60% ENET_MDC period

ENET_MDC (output)

ENET_MDIO (output)

M14

M15

M10

M11

M12 M13

ENET_MDIO (input)

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

82 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.5.2 RMII Mode Timing

In RMII mode, ENET_CLK is used as the REF_CLK, which is a 50 MHz ± 50 ppm continuous reference

clock. ENET_RX_EN is used as the ENET_RX_EN in RMII. Other signals under RMII mode include

ENET_TX_EN, ENET0_TXD[1:0], ENET_RXD[1:0] and ENET_RX_ER.

Figure 44 shows RMII mode timings. Table 53 describes the timing parameters (M16–M21) shown in the

figure.

Figure 44. RMII Mode Signal Timing Diagram

Table 53. RMII Signal Timing

ID Characteristic Min Max Unit

M16 ENET_CLK pulse width high 35% 65% ENET_CLK period

M17 ENET_CLK pulse width low 35% 65% ENET_CLK period

M18 ENET_CLK to ENET0_TXD[1:0], ENET_TX_EN invalid 4 — ns

M19 ENET_CLK to ENET0_TXD[1:0], ENET_TX_EN valid — 13.5 ns

M20 ENET_RXD[1:0], ENET_RX_EN(ENET_RX_EN), ENET_RX_ER to

ENET_CLK setup

4— ns

M21 ENET_CLK to ENET_RXD[1:0], ENET_RX_EN, ENET_RX_ER hold 2 — ns

ENET_CLK (input)

ENET_TX_EN

M16

M17

M18

M19

M20 M21

ENET_RXD[1:0]

ENET0_TXD[1:0] (output)

ENET_RX_ER

ENET_RX_EN (input)

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 83

4.12.5.3 RGMII Signal Switching Specifications

The following timing specifications meet the requirements for RGMII interfaces for a range of transceiver

devices.

Figure 45. RGMII Transmit Signal Timing Diagram Original

Table 54. RGMII Signal Switching Specifications1

1The timings assume the following configuration:

DDR_SEL = (11)b

DSE (drive-strength) = (111)b

Symbol Description Min Max Unit

Tcyc2

2For 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps, Tcyc will scale to 400 ns ±40 ns and 40 ns ±4 ns respectively.

Clock cycle duration 7.2 8.8 ns

TskewT3

3For all versions of RGMII prior to 2.0; This implies that PC board design will require clocks to be routed such that an additional

delay of greater than 1.2 ns and less than 1.7 ns will be added to the associated clock signal. For 10/100, the max value is

unspecified.

Data to clock output skew at transmitter -100 900 ps

TskewR3Data to clock input skew at receiver 1 2.6 ns

Duty_G4

4Duty cycle may be stretched/shrunk during speed changes or while transitioning to a received packet's clock domain as long

as minimum duty cycle is not violated and stretching occurs for no more than three Tcyc of the lowest speed transitioned

between.

Duty cycle for Gigabit 45 55 %

Duty_T4Duty cycle for 10/100T 40 60 %

Tr/Tf Rise/fall time (20–80%) — 0.75 ns

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

84 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

Figure 46. RGMII Receive Signal Timing Diagram Original

Figure 47. RGMII Receive Signal Timing Diagram with Internal Delay

4.12.6 Flexible Controller Area Network (FlexCAN) AC Electrical

Specifications

The Flexible Controller Area Network (FlexCAN) module is a communication controller implementing

the CAN protocol according to the CAN 2.0B protocol specification.The processor has two CAN modules

available for systems design. Tx and Rx ports for both modules are multiplexed with other I/O pins. See

the IOMUXC chapter of the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad reference manual (IMX6DQRM) to see which pins

expose Tx and Rx pins; these ports are named FLEXCAN_TX and FLEXCAN_RX, respectively.

4.12.7 HDMI Module Timing Parameters

4.12.7.1 Latencies and Timing Information

Power-up time (time between TX_PWRON assertion and TX_READY assertion) for the HDMI 3D Tx

PHY while operating with the slowest input reference clock supported (13.5 MHz) is 3.35 ms.

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 85

Power-up time for the HDMI 3D Tx PHY while operating with the fastest input reference clock supported

(340 MHz) is 133 μs.

4.12.7.2 Electrical Characteristics

The table below provides electrical characteristics for the HDMI 3D Tx PHY. The following three figures

illustrate various definitions and measurement conditions specified in the table below.

Figure 48. Driver Measuring Conditions

Figure 49. Driver Definitions

Figure 50. Source Termination

Table 55. Electrical Characteristics

Symbol Parameter Condition Min Typ Max Unit

Operating conditions for HDMI

avddtmds Termination supply voltage — 3.15 3.3 3.45 V

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

86 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.8 Switching Characteristics

Table 56 describes switching characteristics for the HDMI 3D Tx PHY. Figure 51 to Figure 55 illustrate

various parameters specified in table.

NOTE

All dynamic parameters related to the TMDS line drivers’ performance

imply the use of assembly guidelines.

RTTermination resistance — 45 50 55 Ω

TMDS drivers DC specifications

VOFF Single-ended standby voltage RT = 50 Ω

For measurement conditions and

definitions, see the first two figures

above.

Compliance point TP1 as defined in

the HDMI specification, version 1.3a,

section 4.2.4.

avddtmds ± 10 mV mV

VSWING Single-ended output swing voltage 400 — 600 mV

VHSingle-ended output high voltage

For definition, see the second

figure above.

If attached sink supports TMDSCLK <

or = 165 MHz

avddtmds ± 10 mV mV

If attached sink supports TMDSCLK >

165 MHz

avddtmds

– 200 mV

— avddtmds

+ 10 mV

VLSingle-ended output low voltage

For definition, see the second

figure above.

If attached sink supports TMDSCLK <

or = 165 MHz

avddtmds

– 600 mV

— avddtmds

– 400mV

If attached sink supports TMDSCLK >

165 MHz

avddtmds

– 700 mV

— avddtmds

– 400 mV

RTERM Differential source termination load

(inside HDMI 3D Tx PHY)

Although the HDMI 3D Tx PHY

includes differential source

termination, the user-defined value

is set for each single line (for

illustration, see the third figure

above).

Note: RTERM can also be

configured to be open and not

present on TMDS channels.

— 50 — 200 Ω

Hot plug detect specifications

HPDVH Hot plug detect high range — 2.0 — 5.3 V

VHPDVL Hot plug detect low range — 0 — 0.8 V

HPDZHot plug detect input impedance — 10 — — kΩ

HPDtHot plug detect time delay — — — 100 µs

Table 55. Electrical Characteristics (continued)

Symbol Parameter Condition Min Typ Max Unit

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 87

Figure 51. TMDS Clock Signal Definitions

Figure 52. Eye Diagram Mask Definition for HDMI Driver Signal Specification at TP1

Figure 53. Intra-Pair Skew Definition

PTMDSCLK

50%

tCPH

tCPL

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

88 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

Figure 54. Inter-Pair Skew Definition

Figure 55. TMDS Output Signals Rise and Fall Time Definition

Table 56. Switching Characteristics

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

TMDS Drivers Specifications

— Maximum serial data rate — — — 3.4 Gbps

FTMDSCLK TMDSCLK frequency On TMDSCLKP/N outputs 25 — 340 MHz

PTMDSCLK TMDSCLK period RL = 50 Ω

See Figure 51.

2.94 — 40 ns

tCDC TMDSCLK duty cycle tCDC = tCPH / PTMDSCLK

RL = 50 Ω

See Figure 51.

40 50 60 %

tCPH TMDSCLK high time RL = 50 Ω

See Figure 51.

456UI

tCPL TMDSCLK low time RL = 50 Ω

See Figure 51.

456UI

— TMDSCLK jitter1RL = 50 Ω— — 0.25 UI

tSK(p) Intra-pair (pulse) skew RL = 50 Ω

See Figure 53.

— — 0.15 UI

tSK(pp) Inter-pair skew RL = 50 Ω

See Figure 54.

——1UI

tRDifferential output signal rise

time

20–80%

RL = 50 Ω

See Figure 55.

75 — 0.4 UI ps

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 89

4.12.9 I2C Module Timing Parameters

This section describes the timing parameters of the I2C module. Figure 56 depicts the timing of I2C

module, and Table 57 lists the I2C module timing characteristics.

Figure 56. I2C Bus Timing

tFDifferential output signal fall time 20–80%

RL = 50 Ω

See Figure 55.

75 — 0.4 UI ps

— Differential signal overshoot Referred to 2x VSWING ——15%

— Differential signal undershoot Referred to 2x VSWING ——25%

Data and Control Interface Specifications

tPower-up2HDMI 3D Tx PHY power-up time From power-down to

HSI_TX_READY assertion

— — 3.35 ms

1Relative to ideal recovery clock, as specified in the HDMI specification, version 1.4a, section 4.2.3.

2For information about latencies and associated timings, see Section 4.12.7.1, “Latencies and Timing Information.”

Table 57. I2C Module Timing Parameters

ID Parameter

Standard Mode Fast Mode

Unit

Min Max Min Max

IC1 I2Cx_SCL cycle time 10 — 2.5 — µs

IC2 Hold time (repeated) START condition 4.0 — 0.6 — µs

IC3 Set-up time for STOP condition 4.0 — 0.6 — µs

IC4 Data hold time 013.452010.92µs

IC5 HIGH Period of I2Cx_SCL Clock 4.0 — 0.6 — µs

IC6 LOW Period of the I2Cx_SCL Clock 4.7 — 1.3 — µs

IC7 Set-up time for a repeated START condition 4.7 — 0.6 — µs

IC8 Data set-up time 250 — 1003—ns

Table 56. Switching Characteristics (continued)

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

IC10 IC11 IC9

IC2 IC8 IC4 IC7 IC3

IC6

IC10

IC5

IC11 START STOP START

START

I2Cx_SDA

I2Cx_SCL

IC1

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

90 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.10 Image Processing Unit (IPU) Module Parameters

The purpose of the IPU is to provide comprehensive support for the flow of data from an image sensor

and/or to a display device. This support covers all aspects of these activities:

• Connectivity to relevant devices—cameras, displays, graphics accelerators, and TV encoders.

• Related image processing and manipulation: sensor image signal processing, display processing,

image conversions, and other related functions.

• Synchronization and control capabilities, such as avoidance of tearing artifacts.

IC9 Bus free time between a STOP and START condition 4.7 — 1.3 — µs

IC10 Rise time of both I2Cx_SDA and I2Cx_SCL signals — 1000 20 + 0.1Cb4300 ns

IC11 Fall time of both I2Cx_SDA and I2Cx_SCL signals — 300 20 + 0.1Cb4300 ns

IC12 Capacitive load for each bus line (Cb) — 400 — 400 pF

1A device must internally provide a hold time of at least 300 ns for I2Cx_SDA signal to bridge the undefined region of the falling

edge of I2Cx_SCL.

2The maximum hold time has only to be met if the device does not stretch the LOW period (ID no IC5) of the I2Cx_SCL signal.

3A Fast-mode I2C-bus device can be used in a Standard-mode I2C-bus system, but the requirement of Set-up time (ID No IC7)

of 250 ns must be met. This automatically is the case if the device does not stretch the LOW period of the I2Cx_SCL signal.

If such a device does stretch the LOW period of the I2Cx_SCL signal, it must output the next data bit to the I2Cx_SDA line

max_rise_time (IC9) + data_setup_time (IC7) = 1000 + 250 = 1250 ns (according to the Standard-mode I2C-bus specification)

before the I2Cx_SCL line is released.

4Cb = total capacitance of one bus line in pF.

Table 57. I2C Module Timing Parameters (continued)

ID Parameter

Standard Mode Fast Mode

Unit

Min Max Min Max

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 91

4.12.10.1 IPU Sensor Interface Signal Mapping

The IPU supports a number of sensor input formats. Table 58 defines the mapping of the Sensor Interface

Pins used for various supported interface formats.

Table 58. Camera Input Signal Cross Reference, Format, and Bits Per Cycle

Signal

Name1

1IPU2_CSIx stands for IPU2_CSI1 or IPU2_CSI2.

RGB565

8 bits

2 cycles

RGB5652

8 bits

3 cycles

RGB6663

8 bits

3 cycles

RGB888

8 bits

3 cycles

YCbCr4

8 bits

2 cycles

RGB5655

16 bits

1 cycle

YCbCr6

16 bits

1 cycle

YCbCr7

16 bits

1 cycle

YCbCr8

20 bits

1 cycle

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA00

———————0C[0]

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA01

———————0C[1]

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA02

— — — — — — — C[0] C[2]

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA03

— — — — — — — C[1] C[3]

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA04

— — — — — B[0] C[0] C[2] C[4]

IPU2_CSIx_

DATA_05

— — — — — B[1] C[1] C[3] C[5]

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA06

— — — — — B[2] C[2] C[4] C[6]

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA07

— — — — — B[3] C[3] C[5] C[7]

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA08

— — — — — B[4] C[4] C[6] C[8]

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA09

— — — — — G[0] C[5] C[7] C[9]

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA10

— — — — — G[1] C[6] 0 Y[0]

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA11

— — — — — G[2] C[7] 0 Y[1]

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA12

B[0], G[3] R[2],G[4],B[2] R/G/B[4] R/G/B[0] Y/C[0] G[3] Y[0] Y[0] Y[2]

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA13

B[1], G[4] R[3],G[5],B[3] R/G/B[5] R/G/B[1] Y/C[1] G[4] Y[1] Y[1] Y[3]

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA14

B[2], G[5] R[4],G[0],B[4] R/G/B[0] R/G/B[2] Y/C[2] G[5] Y[2] Y[2] Y[4]

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA15

B[3], R[0] R[0],G[1],B[0] R/G/B[1] R/G/B[3] Y/C[3] R[0] Y[3] Y[3] Y[5]

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA16

B[4], R[1] R[1],G[2],B[1] R/G/B[2] R/G/B[4] Y/C[4] R[1] Y[4] Y[4] Y[6]

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA17

G[0], R[2] R[2],G[3],B[2] R/G/B[3] R/G/B[5] Y/C[5] R[2] Y[5] Y[5] Y[7]

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA18

G[1], R[3] R[3],G[4],B[3] R/G/B[4] R/G/B[6] Y/C[6] R[3] Y[6] Y[6] Y[8]

IPUx_CSIx_

DATA19

G[2], R[4] R[4],G[5],B[4] R/G/B[5] R/G/B[7] Y/C[7] R[4] Y[7] Y[7] Y[9]

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

92 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.10.2 Sensor Interface Timings

There are three camera timing modes supported by the IPU.

4.12.10.2.1 BT.656 and BT.1120 Video Mode

Smart camera sensors, which include imaging processing, usually support video mode transfer. They use

an embedded timing syntax to replace the IPU2_CSIx_VSYNC and IPU2_CSIx_HSYNC signals. The

timing syntax is defined by the BT.656/BT.1120 standards.

This operation mode follows the recommendations of ITU BT.656/ ITU BT.1120 specifications. The only

control signal used is IPU2_CSIx_PIX_CLK. Start-of-frame and active-line signals are embedded in the

data stream. An active line starts with a SAV code and ends with a EAV code. In some cases, digital

blanking is inserted in between EAV and SAV code. The CSI decodes and filters out the timing-coding

from the data stream, thus recovering IPU2_CSIx_VSYNC and IPU2_CSIx_HSYNC signals for internal

use. On BT.656 one component per cycle is received over the IPU2_CSIx_DATA_EN bus. On BT.1120

two components per cycle are received over the IPU2_CSIx_DATA_EN bus.

4.12.10.2.2 Gated Clock Mode

The IPU2_CSIx_VSYNC, IPU2_CSIx_HSYNC, and IPU2_CSIx_PIX_CLK signals are used in this

mode. See Figure 57.

Figure 57. Gated Clock Mode Timing Diagram

A frame starts with a rising edge on IPU2_CSIx_VSYNC (all the timings correspond to straight polarity

of the corresponding signals). Then IPU2_CSIx_HSYNC goes to high and hold for the entire line. Pixel

clock is valid as long as IPU2_CSIx_HSYNC is high. Data is latched at the rising edge of the valid pixel

clocks. IPU2_CSIx_HSYNC goes to low at the end of line. Pixel clocks then become invalid and the CSI

2The MSB bits are duplicated on LSB bits implementing color extension.

3The two MSB bits are duplicated on LSB bits implementing color extension.

4YCbCr, 8 bits—Supported within the BT.656 protocol (sync embedded within the data stream).

5RGB, 16 bits—Supported in two ways: (1) As a “generic data” input—with no on-the-fly processing; (2) With on-the-fly

processing, but only under some restrictions on the control protocol.

6YCbCr, 16 bits—Supported as a “generic-data” input—with no on-the-fly processing.

7YCbCr, 16 bits—Supported as a sub-case of the YCbCr, 20 bits, under the same conditions (BT.1120 protocol).

8YCbCr, 20 bits—Supported only within the BT.1120 protocol (syncs embedded within the data stream).

*16Y@$4*Y@@1*9@$-,

*16Y@$4*Y@@)4:/$

*16Y@$4*Y@@74:/$

4UBSUPG'SBNF OUIGSBNF

*16Y@$4*Y@@%"5"YY JOWBMJE

TUCZUF TUCZUF

JOWBMJE

"DUJWF-JOF

OUIGSBNF

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 93

stops receiving data from the stream. For the next line, the IPU2_CSIx_HSYNC timing repeats. For the

next frame, the IPU2_CSIx_VSYNC timing repeats.

4.12.10.2.3 Non-Gated Clock Mode

The timing is the same as the gated-clock mode (described in Section 4.12.10.2.2, “Gated Clock Mode,”)

except for the IPU2_CSIx_HSYNC signal, which is not used (see Figure 58). All incoming pixel clocks

are valid and cause data to be latched into the input FIFO. The IPU2_CSIx_PIX_CLK signal is inactive

(states low) until valid data is going to be transmitted over the bus.

Figure 58. Non-Gated Clock Mode Timing Diagram

The timing described in Figure 58 is that of a typical sensor. Some other sensors may have a slightly

different timing. The CSI can be programmed to support rising/falling-edge triggered

IPU2_CSIx_VSYNC; active-high/low IPU2_CSIx_HSYNC; and rising/falling-edge triggered

IPU2_CSIx_PIX_CLK.

IPU2_CSIx_VSYNC

IPU2_CSIx_PIX_CLK

IPU2_CSIx_DATA_EN[19:0] invalid

1st byte

n+1th frame

invalid

1st byte

nth frame

Start of Frame

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

94 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.10.3 Electrical Characteristics

Figure 59 depicts the sensor interface timing. IPU2_CSIx_PIX_CLK signal described here is not

generated by the IPU. Table 59 lists the sensor interface timing characteristics.

Figure 59. Sensor Interface Timing Diagram

4.12.10.4 IPU Display Interface Signal Mapping

The IPU supports a number of display output video formats. Table 60 defines the mapping of the Display

Interface Pins used during various supported video interface formats.

Table 59. Sensor Interface Timing Characteristics

ID Parameter Symbol Min Max Unit

IP1 Sensor output (pixel) clock frequency Fpck 0.01 180 MHz

IP2 Data and control setup time Tsu 2 — ns

IP3 Data and control holdup time Thd 1 — ns

— Vsync to Hsync Tv-h 1/Fpck — ns

— Vsync and Hsync pulse width Tpulse 1/Fpck — ns

— Vsync to first data Tv-d 1/Fpck — ns

Table 60. Video Signal Cross-Reference

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad LCD

Comment1,2

Port Name

(x = 0, 1)

RGB,

Signal

Name

(General)

RGB/TV Signal Allocation (Example)

16-bit

RGB

18-bit

RGB

24 Bit

RGB

8-bit

YCrCb3

16-bit

YCrCb

20-bit

YCrCb

IPUx_DISPx_DAT00 DAT[0] B[0] B[0] B[0] Y/C[0] C[0] C[0] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT01 DAT[1] B[1] B[1] B[1] Y/C[1] C[1] C[1] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT02 DAT[2] B[2] B[2] B[2] Y/C[2] C[2] C[2] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT03 DAT[3] B[3] B[3] B[3] Y/C[3] C[3] C[3] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT04 DAT[4] B[4] B[4] B[4] Y/C[4] C[4] C[4] —

IP3

IPUx_CSIx_DATA_EN,

IPUx_CSIx_VSYNC,

IP2 1/IP1

IPUx_CSIx_PIX_CLK

(Sensor Output)

IPUx_CSIx_HSYNC

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 95

IPUx_DISPx_DAT05 DAT[5] G[0] B[5] B[5] Y/C[5] C[5] C[5] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT06 DAT[6] G[1] G[0] B[6] Y/C[6] C[6] C[6] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT07 DAT[7] G[2] G[1] B[7] Y/C[7] C[7] C[7] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT08 DAT[8] G[3] G[2] G[0] — Y[0] C[8] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT09 DAT[9] G[4] G[3] G[1] — Y[1] C[9] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT10 DAT[10] G[5] G[4] G[2] — Y[2] Y[0] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT11 DAT[11] R[0] G[5] G[3] — Y[3] Y[1] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT12 DAT[12] R[1] R[0] G[4] — Y[4] Y[2] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT13 DAT[13] R[2] R[1] G[5] — Y[5] Y[3] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT14 DAT[14] R[3] R[2] G[6] — Y[6] Y[4] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT15 DAT[15] R[4] R[3] G[7] — Y[7] Y[5] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT16 DAT[16] — R[4] R[0] — — Y[6] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT17 DAT[17] — R[5] R[1] — — Y[7] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT18 DAT[18] — — R[2] — — Y[8] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT19 DAT[19] — — R[3] — — Y[9] —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT20 DAT[20] — — R[4] — — — —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT21 DAT[21] — — R[5] — — — —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT22 DAT[22] — — R[6] — — — —

IPUx_DISPx_DAT23 DAT[23] — — R[7] — — — —

IPUx_DIx_DISP_CLK PixCLK —

IPUx_DIx_PIN01 — May be required for anti-tearing

IPUx_DIx_PIN02 HSYNC —

IPUx_DIx_PIN03 VSYNC VSYNC out

Table 60. Video Signal Cross-Reference (continued)

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad LCD

Comment1,2

Port Name

(x = 0, 1)

RGB,

Signal

Name

(General)

RGB/TV Signal Allocation (Example)

16-bit

RGB

18-bit

RGB

24 Bit

RGB

8-bit

YCrCb3

16-bit

YCrCb

20-bit

YCrCb

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

96 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

NOTE

Table 60 provides information for both the DISP0 and DISP1 ports.

However, DISP1 port has reduced pinout depending on IOMUXC

configuration and therefore may not support all configurations. See the

IOMUXC table for details.

4.12.10.5 IPU Display Interface Timing

The IPU Display Interface supports two kinds of display accesses: synchronous and asynchronous. There

are two groups of external interface pins to provide synchronous and asynchronous controls.

4.12.10.5.1 Synchronous Controls

The synchronous control changes its value as a function of a system or of an external clock. This control

has a permanent period and a permanent waveform.

IPUx_DIx_PIN04 — Additional frame/row synchronous

signals with programmable timing

IPUx_DIx_PIN05 —

IPUx_DIx_PIN06 —

IPUx_DIx_PIN07 —

IPUx_DIx_PIN08 —

IPUx_DIx_D0_CS — —

IPUx_DIx_D1_CS — Alternate mode of PWM output for

contrast or brightness control

IPUx_DIx_PIN11 — —

IPUx_DIx_PIN12 — —

IPUx_DIx_PIN13 — Register select signal

IPUx_DIx_PIN14 — Optional RS2

IPUx_DIx_PIN15 DRDY/DV Data validation/blank, data enable

IPUx_DIx_PIN16 — Additional data synchronous

signals with programmable

features/timing

IPUx_DIx_PIN17 Q

1 Signal mapping (both data and control/synchronization) is flexible. The table provides examples.

2 Restrictions for ports IPUx_DISPx_DAT00 through IPUx_DISPx_DAT23 are as follows:

• A maximum of three continuous groups of bits can be independently mapped to the external bus. Groups must not overlap.

• The bit order is expressed in each of the bit groups, for example, B[0] = least significant blue pixel bit.

3This mode works in compliance with recommendation ITU-R BT.656. The timing reference signals (frame start, frame end, line

start, and line end) are embedded in the 8-bit data bus. Only video data is supported, transmission of non-video related data

during blanking intervals is not supported.

Table 60. Video Signal Cross-Reference (continued)

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad LCD

Comment1,2

Port Name

(x = 0, 1)

RGB,

Signal

Name

(General)

RGB/TV Signal Allocation (Example)

16-bit

RGB

18-bit

RGB

24 Bit

RGB

8-bit

YCrCb3

16-bit

YCrCb

20-bit

YCrCb

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 97

There are special physical outputs to provide synchronous controls:

• The ipp_disp_clk is a dedicated base synchronous signal that is used to generate a base display

(component, pixel) clock for a display.

• The ipp_pin_1– ipp_pin_7 are general purpose synchronous pins, that can be used to provide

HSYNC, VSYNC, DRDY or any else independent signal to a display.

The IPU has a system of internal binding counters for internal events (such as, HSYNC/VSYNC)

calculation. The internal event (local start point) is synchronized with internal DI_CLK. A suitable control

starts from the local start point with predefined UP and DOWN values to calculate control’s changing

points with half DI_CLK resolution. A full description of the counter system can be found in the IPU

chapter of the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad reference manual (IMX6DQRM).

4.12.10.5.2 Asynchronous Controls

The asynchronous control is a data-oriented signal that changes its value with an output data according to

additional internal flags coming with the data.

There are special physical outputs to provide asynchronous controls, as follows:

• The ipp_d0_cs and ipp_d1_cs pins are dedicated to provide chip select signals to two displays.

• The ipp_pin_11– ipp_pin_17 are general purpose asynchronous pins, that can be used to provide

WR. RD, RS or any other data-oriented signal to display.

NOTE

The IPU has independent signal generators for asynchronous signals

toggling. When a DI decides to put a new asynchronous data on the bus, a

new internal start (local start point) is generated. The signal generators

calculate predefined UP and DOWN values to change pins states with half

DI_CLK resolution.

4.12.10.6 Synchronous Interfaces to Standard Active Matrix TFT LCD Panels

4.12.10.6.1 IPU Display Operating Signals

The IPU uses four control signals and data to operate a standard synchronous interface:

• IPP_DISP_CLK—Clock to display

• HSYNC—Horizontal synchronization

• VSYNC—Vertical synchronization

• DRDY—Active data

All synchronous display controls are generated on the base of an internally generated “local start point”.

The synchronous display controls can be placed on time axis with DI’s offset, up and down parameters.

The display access can be whole number of DI clock (Tdiclk) only. The IPP_DATA can not be moved

relative to the local start point. The data bus of the synchronous interface is output direction only.

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

98 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.10.6.2 LCD Interface Functional Description

Figure 60 depicts the LCD interface timing for a generic active matrix color TFT panel. In this figure,

signals are shown with negative polarity. The sequence of events for active matrix interface timing is:

• DI_CLK internal DI clock is used for calculation of other controls.

• IPP_DISP_CLK latches data into the panel on its negative edge (when positive polarity is selected).

In active mode, IPP_DISP_CLK runs continuously.

• HSYNC causes the panel to start a new line. (Usually IPUx_DIx_PIN02 is used as HSYNC.)

• VSYNC causes the panel to start a new frame. It always encompasses at least one HSYNC pulse.

(Usually IPUx_DIx_PIN03 is used as VSYNC.)

• DRDY acts like an output enable signal to the CRT display. This output enables the data to be

shifted onto the display. When disabled, the data is invalid and the trace is off.

(DRDY can be used either synchronous or asynchronous generic purpose pin as well.)

Figure 60. Interface Timing Diagram for TFT (Active Matrix) Panels

4.12.10.6.3 TFT Panel Sync Pulse Timing Diagrams

Figure 61 depicts the horizontal timing (timing of one line), including both the horizontal sync pulse and

the data. All the parameters shown in the figure are programmable. All controls are started by

corresponding internal events—local start points. The timing diagrams correspond to inverse polarity of

the IPP_DISP_CLK signal and active-low polarity of the HSYNC, VSYNC, and DRDY signals.

123 mm–1

HSYNC

VSYNC

HSYNC

LINE 1 LINE 2 LINE 3 LINE 4 LINE n-1 LINE n

DRDY

IPP_DISP_CLK

IPP_DATA

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 99

Figure 61. TFT Panels Timing Diagram—Horizontal Sync Pulse

Figure 62 depicts the vertical timing (timing of one frame). All parameters shown in the figure are

programmable.

Figure 62. TFT Panels Timing Diagram—Vertical Sync Pulse

DI clock

VSYNC

HSYNC

DRDY

D0 D1

IP5o

IP13o

IP9o

IP8o IP8

IP9

IP10

IP7

IP5

IP6

local start point

IPP_DISP_CLK

IPP_DATA

IP14

VSYNC

HSYNC

DRDY

Start of frame End of frame

IP12

IP15

IP13

IP11

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

100 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

Table 61 shows timing characteristics of signals presented in Figure 61 and Figure 62.

Table 61. Synchronous Display Interface Timing Characteristics (Pixel Level)

ID Parameter Symbol Value Description Unit

IP5 Display interface clock period Tdicp (see1) Display interface clock IPP_DISP_CLK ns

IP6 Display pixel clock period Tdpcp DISP_CLK_PER_PIXEL

× Tdicp

Time of translation of one pixel to display,

DISP_CLK_PER_PIXEL—number of pixel

components in one pixel (1.n).

The DISP_CLK_PER_PIXEL is virtual

parameter to define display pixel clock

period.

The DISP_CLK_PER_PIXEL is received by

DC/DI one access division to n

components.

IP7 Screen width time Tsw (SCREEN_WIDTH)

× Tdicp

SCREEN_WIDTH—screen width in,

interface clocks. horizontal blanking

included.

The SCREEN_WIDTH should be built by

suitable DI’s counter2.

IP8 HSYNC width time Thsw (HSYNC_WIDTH) HSYNC_WIDTH—Hsync width in DI_CLK

with 0.5 DI_CLK resolution. Defined by DI’s

counter.

IP9 Horizontal blank interval 1 Thbi1 BGXP × Tdicp BGXP—width of a horizontal blanking

before a first active data in a line (in

interface clocks). The BGXP should be built

by suitable DI’s counter.

IP10 Horizontal blank interval 2 Thbi2 (SCREEN_WIDTH –

BGXP – FW) × Tdicp

Width a horizontal blanking after a last

active data in a line (in interface clocks)

FW—with of active line in interface clocks.

The FW should be built by suitable DI’s

counter.

IP12 Screen height Tsh (SCREEN_HEIGHT)

× Tsw

SCREEN_HEIGHT— screen height in lines

with blanking.

The SCREEN_HEIGHT is a distance

between 2 VSYNCs.

The SCREEN_HEIGHT should be built by

suitable DI’s counter.

IP13 VSYNC width Tvsw VSYNC_WIDTH VSYNC_WIDTH—Vsync width in DI_CLK

with 0.5 DI_CLK resolution. Defined by DI’s

counter.

IP14 Vertical blank interval 1 Tvbi1 BGYP × Tsw BGYP—width of first Vertical

blanking interval in line. The BGYP should

be built by suitable DI’s counter.

IP15 Vertical blank interval 2 Tvbi2 (SCREEN_HEIGHT –

BGYP – FH) × Tsw

Width of second vertical blanking interval in

line. The FH should be built by suitable DI’s

counter.

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 101

The maximum accuracy of UP/DOWN edge of controls is:

The maximum accuracy of UP/DOWN edge of IPP_DISP_DATA is:

The DISP_CLK_PERIOD, DI_CLK_PERIOD parameters are register-controlled.

IP5o Offset of IPP_DISP_CLK Todicp DISP_CLK_OFFSET

× Tdiclk

DISP_CLK_OFFSET—offset of

IPP_DISP_CLK edges from local start

point, in DI_CLK×2

(0.5 DI_CLK Resolution).

Defined by DISP_CLK counter.

IP13o Offset of VSYNC Tovs VSYNC_OFFSET

× Tdiclk

VSYNC_OFFSET—offset of Vsync edges

from a local start point, when a Vsync

should be active, in DI_CLK×2

(0.5 DI_CLK Resolution). The

VSYNC_OFFSET should be built by

suitable DI’s counter.

IP8o Offset of HSYNC Tohs HSYNC_OFFSET

× Tdiclk

HSYNC_OFFSET—offset of Hsync edges

from a local start point, when a Hsync

should be active, in DI_CLK×2

(0.5 DI_CLK Resolution). The

HSYNC_OFFSET should be built by

suitable DI’s counter.

IP9o Offset of DRDY Todrdy DRDY_OFFSET

× Tdiclk

DRDY_OFFSET—offset of DRDY edges

from a suitable local start point, when a

corresponding data has been set on the

bus, in DI_CLK×2

(0.5 DI_CLK Resolution).

The DRDY_OFFSET should be built by

suitable DI’s counter.

1Display interface clock period immediate value.

DISP_CLK_PERIOD—number of DI_CLK per one Tdicp. Resolution 1/16 of DI_CLK.

DI_CLK_PERIOD—relation of between programing clock frequency and current system clock frequency

Display interface clock period average value.

2DI’s counter can define offset, period and UP/DOWN characteristic of output signal according to programed parameters of the

counter. Same of parameters in the table are not defined by DI’s registers directly (by name), but can be generated by

corresponding DI’s counter. The SCREEN_WIDTH is an input value for DI’s HSYNC generation counter. The distance between

HSYNCs is a SCREEN_WIDTH.

Table 61. Synchronous Display Interface Timing Characteristics (Pixel Level) (continued)

ID Parameter Symbol Value Description Unit

Tdicp

Tdiclk

DISP_CLK_PERIOD

DI_CLK_PERIOD

----------------------------------------------------

× for integer DISP_CLK_PERIOD

DI_CLK_PERIOD

----------------------------------------------------,

Tdiclk floor DISP_CLK_PERIOD

DI_CLK_PERIOD

---------------------------------------------------- 0.5 0.5±+





for fractional DISP_CLK_PERIOD

DI_CLK_PERIOD

----------------------------------------------------,











Tdicp Tdiclk

DISP_CLK_PERIOD

DI_CLK_PERIOD

----------------------------------------------------

×=

Accuracy 0.5 Tdiclk

×()0.62ns±=

Accuracy Tdiclk 0.62ns±=

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

102 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

Figure 63 depicts the synchronous display interface timing for access level. The DISP_CLK_DOWN and

DISP_CLK_UP parameters are register-controlled. Table 62 lists the synchronous display interface timing

characteristics.

Figure 63. Synchronous Display Interface Timing Diagram—Access Level

Table 62. Synchronous Display Interface Timing Characteristics (Access Level)

ID Parameter Symbol Min Typ1

1The exact conditions have not been finalized, but will likely match the current customer requirement for their specific display.

These conditions may be chip specific.

Max Unit

IP16 Display interface clock low

time

Tckl Tdicd-Tdicu-1.24 Tdicd2-Tdicu3

2Display interface clock down time

3Display interface clock up time where CEIL(X) rounds the elements of X to the nearest integers towards infinity.

Tdicd-Tdicu+1.24 ns

IP17 Display interface clock

high time

Tckh Tdicp-Tdicd+Tdicu-1.24 Tdicp-Tdicd+Tdicu Tdicp-Tdicd+Tdicu+1.2 ns

IP18 Data setup time Tdsu Tdicd-1.24 Tdicu — ns

IP19 Data holdup time Tdhd Tdicp-Tdicd-1.24 Tdicp-Tdicu — ns

IP20o Control signals offset

times (defined for each

pin)

Tocsu Tocsu-1.24 Tocsu Tocsu+1.24 ns

IP20 Control signals setup time

to display interface clock

(defined for each pin)

Tcsu Tdicd-1.24-Tocsu%Tdicp Tdicu — ns

IP19 IP18

IP20

VSYNC

IP17IP16

DRDY

HSYNC

other controls

IP20o

local start point

Tdicd

Tdicu

IPP_DISP_CLK

IPP_DATA

Tdicd 1

---T

diclk ceil×2 DISP_CLK_DOWN×

DI_CLK_PERIOD

-----------------------------------------------------------





Tdicu 1

---T

diclk ceil×2 DISP_CLK_UP×

DI_CLK_PERIOD

------------------------------------------------





Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 103

4.12.11 LVDS Display Bridge (LDB) Module Parameters

The LVDS interface complies with TIA/EIA 644-A standard. For more details, see TIA/EIA STANDARD

644-A, “Electrical Characteristics of Low Voltage Differential Signaling (LVDS) Interface Circuits.”

4.12.12 MIPI D-PHY Timing Parameters

This section describes MIPI D-PHY electrical specifications, compliant with MIPI CSI-2 version 1.0,

D-PHY specification Rev. 1.0 (for MIPI sensor port x4 lanes) and MIPI DSI Version 1.01, and D-PHY

specification Rev. 1.0 (and also DPI version 2.0, DBI version 2.0, DSC version 1.0a at protocol layer) (for

MIPI display port x2 lanes).

4.12.12.1 Electrical and Timing Information

Table 63. LVDS Display Bridge (LDB) Electrical Specification

Parameter Symbol Test Condition Min Max Units

Differential Voltage Output Voltage VOD 100 Ω Differential load 250 450 mV

Output Voltage High Voh 100 Ω differential load

(0 V Diff—Output High Voltage static)

1.25 1.6 V

Output Voltage Low Vol 100 Ω differential load

(0 V Diff—Output Low Voltage static)

0.9 1.25 V

Offset Static Voltage VOS Two 49.9 Ω resistors in series between N-P

terminal, with output in either Zero or One state, the

voltage measured between the 2 resistors.

1.15 1.375 V

VOS Differential VOSDIFF Difference in VOS between a One and a Zero state -50 50 mV

Output short-circuited to GND ISA ISB With the output common shorted to GND -24 24 mA

VT Full Load Test VTLoad 100 Ω Differential load with a 3.74 kΩ load between

GND and I/O supply voltage

247 454 mV

Table 64. Electrical and Timing Information

Symbol Parameters Test Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

Input DC Specifications—Apply to DSI_CLK_P/_N and DSI_DATA_P/_N Inputs

VIInput signal voltage range Transient voltage range is limited from -300

mV to 1600 mV

-50 — 1350 mV

VLEAK Input leakage current VGNDSH(min) = VI = VGNDSH(max) +

VOH(absmax)

Lane module in LP Receive Mode

-10 — 10 mA

VGNDSH Ground Shift — -50 — 50 mV

VOH(absmax) Maximum transient output

voltage level

———1.45V

tvoh(absmax) Maximum transient time

above VOH(absmax)

———20ns

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

104 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

HS Line Drivers DC Specifications

|VOD| HS Transmit Differential

output voltage magnitude

80 Ω<= RL< = 125 Ω140 200 270 mV

Δ|VOD| Change in Differential output

voltage magnitude between

logic states

80 Ω<= RL< = 125 Ω—— 10mV

VCMTX Steady-state common-mode

output voltage.

80 Ω<= RL< = 125 Ω150 200 250 mV

ΔVCMTX(1,0) Changes in steady-state

common-mode output voltage

between logic states

80 Ω<= RL< = 125 Ω—— 5 mV

VOHHS HS output high voltage 80 Ω<= RL< = 125 Ω——360mV

ZOS Single-ended output

impedance.

— 40 50 62.5 Ω

ΔZOS Single-ended output

impedance mismatch.

———10%

LP Line Drivers DC Specifications

VOL Output low-level SE voltage — -50 50 mV

VOH Output high-level SE voltage — 1.1 1.2 1.3 V

ZOLP Single-ended output

impedance.

— 110 — — Ω

ΔZOLP(01-10) Single-ended output

impedance mismatch driving

opposite level

———20%

ΔZOLP(0-11) Single-ended output

impedance mismatch driving

same level

———5%

HS Line Receiver DC Specifications

VIDTH Differential input high voltage

threshold

———70mV

VIDTL Differential input low voltage

threshold

—-70——mV

VIHHS Single ended input high

voltage

———460mV

VILHS Single ended input low

voltage

—-40——mV

VCMRXDC Input common mode voltage — 70 — 330 mV

ZID Differential input impedance — 80 — 125 Ω

Table 64. Electrical and Timing Information (continued)

Symbol Parameters Test Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 105

4.12.12.2 D-PHY Signaling Levels

The signal levels are different for differential HS mode and single-ended LP mode. Figure 64 shows both

the HS and LP signal levels on the left and right sides, respectively. The HS signaling levels are below

the LP low-level input threshold such that LP receiver always detects low on HS signals.

Figure 64. D-PHY Signaling Levels

LP Line Receiver DC Specifications

VIL Input low voltage — — — 550 mV

VIH Input high voltage — 920 — — mV

VHYST Input hysteresis — 25 — — mV

Contention Line Receiver DC Specifications

VILF Input low fault threshold — 200 — 450 mV

Table 64. Electrical and Timing Information (continued)

Symbol Parameters Test Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

HS Vout

Range

HS Vcm

Range

Max VOD

Min VOD

VCMTX,MIN

VOLHS

VCMTX,MAX

VOHHS

LP VIL

VOL

VIH

VOH,MAX

VOH,MIN

VIH

VIL

LP Threshold

Region

VGNDSH,MA

VGNDSH,MIN

GND

LP VOL

HS Differential Signaling LP Single-ended Signaling

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

106 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.12.3 HS Line Driver Characteristics

Figure 65. Ideal Single-ended and Resulting Differential HS Signals

4.12.12.4 Possible ΔVCMTX and ΔVOD Distortions of the Single-ended HS Signals

Figure 66. Possible ΔVCMTX and ΔVOD Distortions of the Single-ended HS Signals

4.12.12.5 D-PHY Switching Characteristics

Table 65. Electrical and Timing Information

Symbol Parameters Test Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

HS Line Drivers AC Specifications

— Maximum serial data rate (forward

direction)

On DATAP/N outputs.

80 Ω <= RL <= 125 Ω

80 — 1000 Mbps

FDDRCLK DDR CLK frequency On DATAP/N outputs. 40 — 500 MHz

PDDRCLK DDR CLK period 80 Ω <= RL< = 125 Ω2 — 25 ns

VOD(1)

VOD(0)

VOD = VDP - VDN

VCMTX = (VDP + VDN)/2

(Differential)

VDN

VDP

Ideal Single-Ended High Speed Signals

Ideal Differential High Speed Signals

VOD(0)

VOD (1)

VOD/2

VOD /2

VOD (SE HS Signals)

Static VCMTX (SE HS Signals)

Dynamic VCMTX (SE HS Signa ls)

VDN

VCM TX

VDP

VDN

VCMTX

VDP

VDN

VCM TX

VDP

VOD(0)

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 107

tCDC DDR CLK duty cycle tCDC = tCPH / PDDRCLK —50—%

tCPH DDR CLK high time — — 1 — UI

tCPL DDR CLK low time — — 1 — UI

— DDR CLK / DATA Jitter — — 75 — ps pk-pk

tSKEW[PN] Intra-Pair (Pulse) skew — — 0.075 — UI

tSKEW[TX] Data to Clock Skew — 0.350 — 0.650 UI

trDifferential output signal rise time 20% to 80%, RL = 50 Ω 150 — 0.3UI ps

tfDifferential output signal fall time 20% to 80%, RL = 50 Ω 150 — 0.3UI ps

ΔVCMTX(HF) Common level variation above 450 MHz 80 Ω<= RL< = 125 Ω——15mV

rms

ΔVCMTX(LF) Common level variation between 50

MHz and 450 MHz

80 Ω<= RL< = 125 Ω——25mV

LP Line Drivers AC Specifications

trlp,tflp Single ended output rise/fall time 15% to 85%, CL<70 pF — — 25 ns

treo — 30% to 85%, CL<70 pF — — 35 ns

δV/δtSR Signal slew rate 15% to 85%, CL<70 pF — — 120 mV/ns

CLLoad capacitance — 0 — 70 pF

HS Line Receiver AC Specifications

tSETUP[RX] Data to Clock Receiver Setup time — 0.15 — — UI

tHOLD[RX] Clock to Data Receiver Hold time — 0.15 — — UI

ΔVCMRX(HF) Common mode interference beyond

450 MHz

— — — 200 mVpp

ΔVCMRX(LF) Common mode interference between

50 MHz and 450 MHz

—-50—50mVpp

CCM Common mode termination — — — 60 pF

LP Line Receiver AC Specifications

eSPIKE Input pulse rejection — — — 300 Vps

TMIN Minimum pulse response — 50 — — ns

VINT Pk-to-Pk interference voltage — — — 400 mV

fINT Interference frequency — 450 — — MHz

Model Parameters used for Driver Load switching performance evaluation

CPAD Equivalent Single ended I/O PAD

capacitance.

———1pF

CPIN Equivalent Single ended Package +

PCB capacitance.

———2pF

Table 65. Electrical and Timing Information (continued)

Symbol Parameters Test Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

108 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.12.6 High-Speed Clock Timing

Figure 67. DDR Clock Definition

4.12.12.7 Forward High-Speed Data Transmission Timing

The timing relationship of the DDR Clock differential signal to the Data differential signal is shown in

Figure 68:

Figure 68. Data to Clock Timing Definitions

4.12.12.8 Reverse High-Speed Data Transmission Timing

Figure 69. Reverse High-Speed Data Transmission Timing at Slave Side

LSEquivalent wire bond series inductance — — — 1.5 nH

RSEquivalent wire bond series resistance — — — 0.15 Ω

RLLoad Resistance — 80 100 125 Ω

Table 65. Electrical and Timing Information (continued)

Symbol Parameters Test Conditions Min Typ Max Unit

1 Data Bit Time = 1UI

UIINST(1)

1 Data Bit Time = 1UI

UIINST(2)

CLKp

CLKn

1 DDR Clock Period = UIINST(1) + UIINST(2)

#,+P

2EFERENCE4IME

4#,+P

43%450 4(/,$

5)).34

43+%7

5)).34 

#,+N

TTD

2UI 2UI

CLKp

CLKn

Clock to Data

Skew

NRZ Data

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 109

4.12.12.9 Low-Power Receiver Timing

Figure 70. Input Glitch Rejection of Low-Power Receivers

4.12.13 HSI Host Controller Timing Parameters

This section describes the timing parameters of the HSI Host Controller which are compliant with

High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface (HSI) Physical Layer specification version 1.01.

4.12.13.1 Synchronous Data Flow

Figure 71. Synchronized Data Flow READY Signal Timing (Frame and Stream Transmission)

4.12.13.2 Pipelined Data Flow

Figure 72. Pipelined Data Flow READY Signal Timing (Frame Transmission Mode)

2*TLPX 2*TLPX

TMIN-RX TMIN-RX

eSPIKE

Input

Output

VIH

VIL

N-bits Frame N-bits Frame

First bit of

frame

NomBi

Last bit of

frame

First bit of

frame

Last bit of

frame

DATA

FLAG

READY

Receiver has

detected the start

of the Frame

Receiver has captured

and stored a complete

Frame

N-bits Frame

Last bit of

frame

DATA

FLAG

N-bits Frame

First bit of

frame tNomBit

Last bit of

frame

First bit of

frame

READY

A Ready can change B Ready shall not

change to zero

Last bit of

frame

C. Ready can change D. Ready shall

maintain zero of if

receiver does not

have free space

Ready

can

change

F. Ready

shall

maintain

its value

G. Ready

can change

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

110 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.13.3 Receiver Real-Time Data Flow

Figure 73. Receiver Real-Time Data Flow READY Signal Timing

4.12.13.4 Synchronized Data Flow Transmission with Wake

Figure 74. Synchronized Data Flow Transmission with WAKE

4.12.13.5 Stream Transmission Mode Frame Transfer

Figure 75. Stream Transmission Mode Frame Transfer (Synchronized Data Flow)

N-bits Frame N-bits Frame

First bit of

frame

NomBi

Last bit of

frame

First bit of

frame

Last bit of

frame

DATA

FLAG

READY

Receiver has

detected the start

of the Frame

Receiver has captured a

complete Frame

DATA

FLAG

READY

1. Transmitter has

data to transmit

3. First bit

received

PHY Frame PHY Frame

TX state

RX state

WAKE

2. Receiver in active

start state

4. Received

frame stored

5. Transmitter

has no more

data to

transmit

6. Receiver

can no longer

receive date

A: Sleep state(non-operational) B: Wake-up state C: Active state (full operational) D: Disable State(No communication ability)

Complete N-bits Frame Complete N-bits Frame

DATA

FLAG

READY

Channel

Description

bits

Payload Data Bits

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 111

4.12.13.6 Frame Transmission Mode (Synchronized Data Flow)

Figure 76. Frame Transmission Mode Transfer of Two Frames (Synchronized Data Flow)

4.12.13.7 Frame Transmission Mode (Pipelined Data Flow)

Figure 77. Frame Transmission Mode Transfer of Two Frames (Pipelined Data Flow)

4.12.13.8 DATA and FLAG Signal Timing Requirement for a 15 pF Load

Table 66. DATA and FLAG Timing

Parameter Description 1 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s

tBit, nom Nominal bit time 1000 ns 10 ns

tRise, min and tFall, min Minimum allowed rise and fall time 2 ns 2 ns

tTxToRxSkew, maxfq Maximum skew between transmitter and receiver package pins 50 ns 0.5 ns

tEageSepTx, min Minimum allowed separation of signal transitions at transmitter package pins,

including all timing defects, for example, jitter and skew, inside the transmitter.

400 ns 4 ns

tEageSepRx, min Minimum separation of signal transitions, measured at the receiver package pins,

including all timing defects, for example, jitter and skew, inside the receiver.

350 ns 3.5 ns

Complete N-bits Frame Complete N-bits Frame

DATA

FLAG

READY

Channel

Description

bits

Payload Data Bits

Frame

start bit

Complete N-bits Frame Complete N-bits Frame

DATA

FLAG

READY

Channel

Description

bits

Payload Data Bits

Frame

start bit

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

112 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.13.9 DATA and FLAG Signal Timing

Figure 78. DATA and FLAG Signal Timing

4.12.14 PCIe PHY Parameters

The PCIe interface complies with PCIe specification Gen2 x1 lane and supports the PCI Express 1.1/2.0

standard.

4.12.14.1 PCIE_REXT Reference Resistor Connection

The impedance calibration process requires connection of reference resistor 200 Ω. 1% precision resistor

on PCIE_REXT pads to ground. It is used for termination impedance calibration.

4.12.15 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Timing Parameters

This section describes the electrical information of the PWM. The PWM can be programmed to select one

of three clock signals as its source frequency. The selected clock signal is passed through a prescaler before

being input to the counter. The output is available at the pulse-width modulator output (PWMO) external

pin.

Figure 79 depicts the timing of the PWM, and Table 67 lists the PWM timing parameters.

Figure 79. PWM Timing

Table 67. PWM Output Timing Parameters

ID Parameter Min Max Unit

— PWM Module Clock Frequency 0 ipg_clk MHz

P1 PWM output pulse width high 15 — ns

P2 PWM output pulse width low 15 — ns

DATA

(TX)

FLAG

(TX)

DATA

(RX)

FLAG

(RX)

50%

50%50%

50%

80%

20%

20%20%20%

80%

tEdgeSepTx

TxToRxSkew tEdgeSepRx

Bit

Rise

Fall

Note1

Note1 Note2

Note2

PWMn_OUT

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 113

4.12.16 SATA PHY Parameters

This section describes SATA PHY electrical specifications.

4.12.16.1 Transmitter and Receiver Characteristics

The SATA PHY meets or exceeds the electrical compliance requirements defined in the SATA

specifications.

NOTE

The tables in the following sections indicate any exceptions to the SATA

specification or aspects of the SATA PHY that exceed the standard, as well

as provide information about parameters not defined in the standard.

The following subsections provide values obtained from a combination of simulations and silicon

characterization.

4.12.16.1.1 SATA PHY Transmitter Characteristics

Table 68 provides specifications for SATA PHY transmitter characteristics.

4.12.16.1.2 SATA PHY Receiver Characteristics

Table 69 provides specifications for SATA PHY receiver characteristics.

4.12.16.2 SATA_REXT Reference Resistor Connection

The impedance calibration process requires connection of reference resistor 191 Ω.1% precision resistor

on SATA_REXT pad to ground.

Resistor calibration consists of learning which state of the internal Resistor Calibration register causes an

internal, digitally trimmed calibration resistor to best match the impedance applied to the SATA_REXT

pin. The calibration register value is then supplied to all Tx and Rx termination resistors.

During the calibration process (for a few tens of microseconds), up to 0.3 mW can be dissipated in the

external SATA_REXT resistor. At other times, no power is dissipated by the SATA_REXT resistor.

Table 68. SATA PHY Transmitter Characteristics

Parameters Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

Transmit common mode voltage VCTM 0.4 — 0.6 V

Transmitter pre-emphasis accuracy (measured

change in de-emphasized bit)

—–0.5—0.5dB

Table 69. SATA PHY Receiver Characteristics

Parameters Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

Minimum Rx eye height (differential peak-to-peak) VMIN_RX_EYE_HEIGHT 175 — — mV

Tolerance PPM –400 — 400 ppm

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

114 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.17 SCAN JTAG Controller (SJC) Timing Parameters

Figure 80 depicts the SJC test clock input timing. Figure 81 depicts the SJC boundary scan timing.

Figure 82 depicts the SJC test access port. Figure 83 depicts the JTAG_TRST_B timing. Signal

parameters are listed in Table 70.

Figure 80. Test Clock Input Timing Diagram

Figure 81. Boundary Scan (JTAG) Timing Diagram

JTAG_TCK

(Input) VM VM

VIH VIL

SJ1

SJ2 SJ2

SJ3

JTAG_TCK

(Input)

Data

Inputs

Data

Outputs

Data

Outputs

Data

Outputs

VIH

VIL

Input Data Valid

Output Data Valid

SJ4 SJ5

SJ6

SJ7

SJ6

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 115

Figure 82. Test Access Port Timing Diagram

Figure 83. JTAG_TRST_B Timing Diagram

Table 70. JTAG Timing

ID Parameter1,2

All Frequencies

Unit

Min Max

SJ0 JTAG_TCK frequency of operation 1/(3xTDC)10.001 22 MHz

SJ1 JTAG_TCK cycle time in crystal mode 45 — ns

SJ2 JTAG_TCK clock pulse width measured at VM222.5 — ns

SJ3 JTAG_TCK rise and fall times — 3 ns

SJ4 Boundary scan input data set-up time 5 — ns

SJ5 Boundary scan input data hold time 24 — ns

SJ6 JTAG_TCK low to output data valid — 40 ns

SJ7 JTAG_TCK low to output high impedance — 40 ns

SJ8 JTAG_TMS, JTAG_TDI data set-up time 5 — ns

JTAG_TCK

(Input)

JTAG_TDI

(Input)

JTAG_TDO

(Output)

JTAG_TDO

(Output)

JTAG_TDO

(Output)

VIH

VIL

Input Data Valid

Output Data Valid

JTAG_TMS

SJ8 SJ9

SJ10

SJ11

SJ10

JTAG_TCK

(Input)

SJ13

SJ12

JTAG_TRST_B

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

116 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.18 SPDIF Timing Parameters

The Sony/Philips Digital Interconnect Format (SPDIF) data is sent using the bi-phase marking code. When

encoding, the SPDIF data signal is modulated by a clock that is twice the bit rate of the data signal.

Table 71 and Figure 84 and Figure 85 show SPDIF timing parameters for the Sony/Philips Digital

Interconnect Format (SPDIF), including the timing of the modulating Rx clock (SPDIF_SR_CLK) for

SPDIF in Rx mode and the timing of the modulating Tx clock (SPDIF_ST_CLK) for SPDIF in Tx mode.

SJ9 JTAG_TMS, JTAG_TDI data hold time 25 — ns

SJ10 JTAG_TCK low to JTAG_TDO data valid — 44 ns

SJ11 JTAG_TCK low to JTAG_TDO high impedance — 44 ns

SJ12 JTAG_TRST_B assert time 100 — ns

SJ13 JTAG_TRST_B set-up time to JTAG_TCK low 40 — ns

1TDC = target frequency of SJC

2VM = mid-point voltage

Table 71. SPDIF Timing Parameters

Parameter Symbol

Timing Parameter Range

Unit

Min Max

SPDIF_IN Skew: asynchronous inputs, no specs apply — — 0.7 ns

SPDIF_OUT output (Load = 50pf)

• Skew

• Transition rising

• Transition falling

—

1.5

24.2

31.3

SPDIF_OUT output (Load = 30pf)

• Skew

• Transition rising

• Transition falling

—

1.5

13.6

18.0

Modulating Rx clock (SPDIF_SR_CLK) period srckp 40.0 — ns

SPDIF_SR_CLK high period srckph 16.0 — ns

SPDIF_SR_CLK low period srckpl 16.0 — ns

Modulating Tx clock (SPDIF_ST_CLK) period stclkp 40.0 — ns

SPDIF_ST_CLK high period stclkph 16.0 — ns

SPDIF_ST_CLK low period stclkpl 16.0 — ns

Table 70. JTAG Timing (continued)

ID Parameter1,2

All Frequencies

Unit

Min Max

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 117

Figure 84. SPDIF_SR_CLK Timing Diagram

Figure 85. SPDIF_ST_CLK Timing Diagram

4.12.19 SSI Timing Parameters

This section describes the timing parameters of the SSI module. The connectivity of the serial

synchronous interfaces are summarized in Table 72.

NOTE

The terms WL and BL used in the timing diagrams and tables refer to Word

Length (WL) and Bit Length (BL).

Table 72. AUDMUX Port Allocation

Port Signal Nomenclature Type and Access

AUDMUX port 1 SSI 1 Internal

AUDMUX port 2 SSI 2 Internal

AUDMUX port 3 AUD3 External – AUD3 I/O

AUDMUX port 4 AUD4 External – EIM or CSPI1 I/O through IOMUXC

AUDMUX port 5 AUD5 External – EIM or SD1 I/O through IOMUXC

AUDMUX port 6 AUD6 External – EIM or DISP2 through IOMUXC

AUDMUX port 7 SSI 3 Internal

SPDIF_SR_CLK

(Output)

VMVM

srckp

srckph

srckpl

SPDIF_ST_CLK

(Input)

VMVM

stclkp

stclkph

stclkpl

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

118 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.19.1 SSI Transmitter Timing with Internal Clock

Figure 86 depicts the SSI transmitter internal clock timing and Table 73 lists the timing parameters for

the SSI transmitter internal clock.

Figure 86. SSI Transmitter Internal Clock Timing Diagram

Table 73. SSI Transmitter Timing with Internal Clock

ID Parameter Min Max Unit

Internal Clock Operation

SS1 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC clock period 81.4 — ns

SS2 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC clock high period 36.0 — ns

SS4 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC clock low period 36.0 — ns

SS6 AUDx_TXC high to AUDx_TXFS (bl) high — 15.0 ns

SS8 AUDx_TXC high to AUDx_TXFS (bl) low — 15.0 ns

SS10 AUDx_TXC high to AUDx_TXFS (wl) high — 15.0 ns

SS12 AUDx_TXC high to AUDx_TXFS (wl) low — 15.0 ns

SS14 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC Internal AUDx_TXFS rise time — 6.0 ns

SS15 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC Internal AUDx_TXFS fall time — 6.0 ns

SS16 AUDx_TXC high to AUDx_TXD valid from high impedance — 15.0 ns

SS17 AUDx_TXC high to AUDx_TXD high/low — 15.0 ns

SS18 AUDx_TXC high to AUDx_TXD high impedance — 15.0 ns

SS19

SS1

SS2 SS4

SS3

SS5

SS6 SS8

SS10 SS12

SS14

SS18

SS15

SS17

SS16

SS43

SS42

Note: AUDx_RXD input in synchronous mode only

AUDx_TXC

(Output)

AUDx_TXFS (wl)

(Output)

AUDx_TXFS (bl)

(Output)

AUDx_RXD

(Input)

AUDx_TXD

(Output)

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 119

NOTE

• All the timings for the SSI are given for a non-inverted serial clock

polarity (TSCKP/RSCKP = 0) and a non-inverted frame sync

(TFSI/RFSI = 0). If the polarity of the clock and/or the frame sync have

been inverted, all the timing remains valid by inverting the clock signal

AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC and/or the frame sync

AUDx_TXFS/AUDx_RXFS shown in the tables and in the figures.

• All timings are on Audiomux Pads when SSI is being used for data

transfer.

• The terms, WL and BL, refer to Word Length(WL) and Bit Length(BL).

• For internal Frame Sync operation using external clock, the frame sync

timing is the same as that of transmit data (for example, during AC97

mode of operation).

Synchronous Internal Clock Operation

SS42 AUDx_RXD setup before AUDx_TXC falling 10.0 — ns

SS43 AUDx_RXD hold after AUDx_TXC falling 0.0 — ns

Table 73. SSI Transmitter Timing with Internal Clock (continued)

ID Parameter Min Max Unit

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

120 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.19.2 SSI Receiver Timing with Internal Clock

Figure 87 depicts the SSI receiver internal clock timing and Table 74 lists the timing parameters for the

receiver timing with the internal clock.

Figure 87. SSI Receiver Internal Clock Timing Diagram

Table 74. SSI Receiver Timing with Internal Clock

ID Parameter Min Max Unit

Internal Clock Operation

SS1 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC clock period 81.4 — ns

SS2 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC clock high period 36.0 — ns

SS3 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC clock rise time — 6.0 ns

SS4 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC clock low period 36.0 — ns

SS5 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC clock fall time — 6.0 ns

SS7 AUDx_RXC high to AUDx_TXFS (bl) high — 15.0 ns

SS9 AUDx_RXC high to AUDx_TXFS (bl) low — 15.0 ns

SS11 AUDx_RXC high to AUDx_TXFS (wl) high — 15.0 ns

SS13 AUDx_RXC high to AUDx_TXFS (wl) low — 15.0 ns

SS20 AUDx_RXD setup time before AUDx_RXC low 10.0 — ns

SS21 AUDx_RXD hold time after AUDx_RXC low 0.0 — ns

SS50

SS48

SS1

SS4SS2

SS51

SS20

SS21

SS49

SS7 SS9

SS11 SS13

SS47

SS3

SS5

AUDx_TXC

(Output)

AUDx_TXFS (bl)

(Output)

AUDx_TXFS (wl)

(Output)

AUDx_RXD

(Input)

AUDx_RXC

(Output)

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 121

NOTE

• All the timings for the SSI are given for a non-inverted serial clock

polarity (TSCKP/RSCKP = 0) and a non-inverted frame sync

(TFSI/RFSI = 0). If the polarity of the clock and/or the frame sync have

been inverted, all the timing remains valid by inverting the clock signal

AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC and/or the frame sync

AUDx_TXFS/AUDx_RXFS shown in the tables and in the figures.

• All timings are on Audiomux Pads when SSI is being used for data

transfer.

• AUDx_TXC and AUDx_RXC refer to the Transmit and Receive

sections of the SSI.

• The terms, WL and BL, refer to Word Length (WL) and Bit Length(BL).

• For internal Frame Sync operation using external clock, the frame sync

timing is same as that of transmit data (for example, during AC97 mode

of operation).

Oversampling Clock Operation

SS47 Oversampling clock period 15.04 — ns

SS48 Oversampling clock high period 6.0 — ns

SS49 Oversampling clock rise time — 3.0 ns

SS50 Oversampling clock low period 6.0 — ns

SS51 Oversampling clock fall time — 3.0 ns

Table 74. SSI Receiver Timing with Internal Clock (continued)

ID Parameter Min Max Unit

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

122 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.19.3 SSI Transmitter Timing with External Clock

Figure 88 depicts the SSI transmitter external clock timing and Table 75 lists the timing parameters for

the transmitter timing with the external clock.

Figure 88. SSI Transmitter External Clock Timing Diagram

Table 75. SSI Transmitter Timing with External Clock

ID Parameter Min Max Unit

External Clock Operation

SS22 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC clock period 81.4 — ns

SS23 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC clock high period 36.0 — ns

SS24 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC clock rise time — 6.0 ns

SS25 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC clock low period 36.0 — ns

SS26 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC clock fall time — 6.0 ns

SS27 AUDx_TXC high to AUDx_TXFS (bl) high –10.0 15.0 ns

SS29 AUDx_TXC high to AUDx_TXFS (bl) low 10.0 — ns

SS31 AUDx_TXC high to AUDx_TXFS (wl) high –10.0 15.0 ns

SS33 AUDx_TXC high to AUDx_TXFS (wl) low 10.0 — ns

SS37 AUDx_TXC high to AUDx_TXD valid from high impedance — 15.0 ns

SS38 AUDx_TXC high to AUDx_TXD high/low — 15.0 ns

SS39 AUDx_TXC high to AUDx_TXD high impedance — 15.0 ns

SS45

SS33

SS24

SS26

SS25

SS23

Note: AUDx_RXD Input in Synchronous mode only

SS31

SS29

SS27

SS22

SS44

SS39

SS38

SS37

SS46

AUDx_TXC

(Input)

AUDx_TXFS (bl)

(Input)

AUDx_TXFS (wl)

(Input)

AUDx_TXD

(Output)

AUDx_RXD

(Input)

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 123

NOTE

• All the timings for the SSI are given for a non-inverted serial clock

polarity (TSCKP/RSCKP = 0) and a non-inverted frame sync

(TFSI/RFSI = 0). If the polarity of the clock and/or the frame sync have

been inverted, all the timing remains valid by inverting the clock signal

AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC and/or the frame sync

AUDx_TXFS/AUDx_RXFS shown in the tables and in the figures.

• All timings are on Audiomux Pads when SSI is being used for data

transfer.

• AUDx_TXC and AUDx_RXC refer to the Transmit and Receive

sections of the SSI.

• The terms WL and BL refer to Word Length (WL) and Bit Length (BL).

• For internal Frame Sync operation using external clock, the frame sync

timing is same as that of transmit data (for example, during AC97 mode

of operation).

4.12.19.4 SSI Receiver Timing with External Clock

Figure 89 depicts the SSI receiver external clock timing and Table 76 lists the timing parameters for the

receiver timing with the external clock.

Figure 89. SSI Receiver External Clock Timing Diagram

Synchronous External Clock Operation

SS44 AUDx_RXD setup before AUDx_TXC falling 10.0 — ns

SS45 AUDx_RXD hold after AUDx_TXC falling 2.0 — ns

SS46 AUDx_RXD rise/fall time — 6.0 ns

Table 75. SSI Transmitter Timing with External Clock (continued)

ID Parameter Min Max Unit

SS24

SS34

SS35

SS30

SS28

SS26

SS25

SS23

SS40

SS22

SS32

SS36

SS41

AUDx_TXC

(Input)

AUDx_TXFS (bl)

(Input)

AUDx_TXFS (wl)

(Input)

AUDx_RXD

(Input)

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

124 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

NOTE

• All the timings for the SSI are given for a non-inverted serial clock

polarity (TSCKP/RSCKP = 0) and a non-inverted frame sync

(TFSI/RFSI = 0). If the polarity of the clock and/or the frame sync have

been inverted, all the timing remains valid by inverting the clock signal

AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC and/or the frame sync

AUDx_TXFS/AUDx_RXFS shown in the tables and in the figures.

• All timings are on Audiomux Pads when SSI is being used for data

transfer.

• AUDx_TXC and AUDx_RXC refer to the Transmit and Receive

sections of the SSI.

• The terms, WL and BL, refer to Word Length (WL) and Bit Length(BL).

• For internal Frame Sync operation using external clock, the frame sync

timing is same as that of transmit data (for example, during AC97 mode

of operation).

Table 76. SSI Receiver Timing with External Clock

ID Parameter Min Max Unit

External Clock Operation

SS22 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC clock period 81.4 — ns

SS23 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC clock high period 36 — ns

SS24 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC clock rise time — 6.0 ns

SS25 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC clock low period 36 — ns

SS26 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC clock fall time — 6.0 ns

SS28 AUDx_RXC high to AUDx_TXFS (bl) high –10 15.0 ns

SS30 AUDx_RXC high to AUDx_TXFS (bl) low 10 — ns

SS32 AUDx_RXC high to AUDx_TXFS (wl) high –10 15.0 ns

SS34 AUDx_RXC high to AUDx_TXFS (wl) low 10 — ns

SS35 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC External AUDx_TXFS rise time — 6.0 ns

SS36 AUDx_TXC/AUDx_RXC External AUDx_TXFS fall time — 6.0 ns

SS40 AUDx_RXD setup time before AUDx_RXC low 10 — ns

SS41 AUDx_RXD hold time after AUDx_RXC low 2 — ns

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 125

4.12.20 UART I/O Configuration and Timing Parameters

4.12.20.1 UART RS-232 I/O Configuration in Different Modes

The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad UART interfaces can serve both as DTE or DCE device. This can be configured

by the DCEDTE control bit (default 0 – DCE mode). Table 77 shows the UART I/O configuration based

on the enabled mode.

Table 77. UART I/O Configuration vs. Mode

Port

DTE Mode DCE Mode

Direction Description Direction Description

UARTx_RTS_B Output RTS from DTE to DCE Input RTS from DTE to DCE

UARTx_CTS_B Input CTS from DCE to DTE Output CTS from DCE to DTE

UARTx_DTR_B Output DTR from DTE to DCE Input DTR from DTE to DCE

UARTx_DSR_B Input DSR from DCE to DTE Output DSR from DCE to DTE

UARTx_DCD_B Input DCD from DCE to DTE Output DCD from DCE to DTE

UARTx_RI_B Input RING from DCE to DTE Output RING from DCE to DTE

UARTx_TX_DATA Input Serial data from DCE to DTE Output Serial data from DCE to DTE

UARTx_RX_DATA Output Serial data from DTE to DCE Input Serial data from DTE to DCE

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

126 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.20.2 UART RS-232 Serial Mode Timing

The following sections describe the electrical information of the UART module in the RS-232 mode.

4.12.20.2.1 UART Transmitter

Figure 90 depicts the transmit timing of UART in the RS-232 serial mode, with 8 data bit/1 stop bit

format. Table 78 lists the UART RS-232 serial mode transmit timing characteristics.

Figure 90. UART RS-232 Serial Mode Transmit Timing Diagram

4.12.20.2.2 UART Receiver

Figure 91 depicts the RS-232 serial mode receive timing with 8 data bit/1 stop bit format. Table 79 lists

serial mode receive timing characteristics.

Figure 91. UART RS-232 Serial Mode Receive Timing Diagram

Table 78. RS-232 Serial Mode Transmit Timing Parameters

ID Parameter Symbol Min Max Unit

UA1 Transmit Bit Time tTbit 1/Fbaud_rate1 – Tref_clk2

1Fbaud_rate: Baud rate frequency. The maximum baud rate the UART can support is (ipg_perclk frequency)/16.

2Tref_clk: The period of UART reference clock ref_clk (ipg_perclk after RFDIV divider).

1/Fbaud_rate + Tref_clk —

Table 79. RS-232 Serial Mode Receive Timing Parameters

ID Parameter Symbol Min Max Unit

UA2 Receive Bit Time1

1The UART receiver can tolerate 1/(16 ×Fbaud_rate) tolerance in each bit. But accumulation tolerance in one frame must not

exceed 3/(16 ×Fbaud_rate).

tRbit 1/Fbaud_rate2 –

1/(16 ×Fbaud_rate)

2Fbaud_rate: Baud rate frequency. The maximum baud rate the UART can support is (ipg_perclk frequency)/16.

1/Fbaud_rate +

1/(16 ×Fbaud_rate)

—

Bit 1 Bit 2Bit 0 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7

UARTx_TX_DATA

(output) Bit 3

Start

Bit STOP

BIT

START

BIT

POSSIBLE

PARITY

BIT

Par Bit

UA1

UA1 UA1

UA1

Bit 1 Bit 2Bit 0 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7

UARTx_RX_DATA

(input) Bit 3

Start

Bit STOP

BIT

START

BIT

POSSIBLE

PARITY

BIT

Par Bit

UA2 UA2

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 127

4.12.20.2.3 UART IrDA Mode Timing

The following subsections give the UART transmit and receive timings in IrDA mode.

UART IrDA Mode Transmitter

Figure 92 depicts the UART IrDA mode transmit timing, with 8 data bit/1 stop bit format. Table 80 lists

the transmit timing characteristics.

Figure 92. UART IrDA Mode Transmit Timing Diagram

UART IrDA Mode Receiver

Figure 93 depicts the UART IrDA mode receive timing, with 8 data bit/1 stop bit format. Table 81 lists

the receive timing characteristics.

Figure 93. UART IrDA Mode Receive Timing Diagram

Table 80. IrDA Mode Transmit Timing Parameters

ID Parameter Symbol Min Max Unit

UA3 Transmit Bit Time in IrDA mode tTIRbit 1/Fbaud_rate1 – Tref_clk2

1Fbaud_rate: Baud rate frequency. The maximum baud rate the UART can support is (ipg_perclk frequency)/16.

2Tref_clk: The period of UART reference clock ref_clk (ipg_perclk after RFDIV divider).

1/Fbaud_rate + Tref_clk —

UA4 Transmit IR Pulse Duration tTIRpulse (3/16) ×(1/Fbaud_rate) – Tref_clk (3/16) ×(1/Fbaud_rate) + Tref_clk —

Table 81. IrDA Mode Receive Timing Parameters

ID Parameter Symbol Min Max Unit

UA5 Receive Bit Time1 in IrDA mode

1 The UART receiver can tolerate 1/(16 ×Fbaud_rate) tolerance in each bit. But accumulation tolerance in one frame must not

exceed 3/(16 ×Fbaud_rate).

tRIRbit 1/Fbaud_rate2 –

1/(16 ×Fbaud_rate)

2Fbaud_rate: Baud rate frequency. The maximum baud rate the UART can support is (ipg_perclk frequency)/16.

1/Fbaud_rate +

1/(16 ×Fbaud_rate)

—

UA6 Receive IR Pulse Duration tRIRpulse 1.41 μs (5/16) ×(1/Fbaud_rate)—

Bit 1 Bit 2

Bit 0 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7

UARTx_TX_DATA

(output)

Bit 3

Start

Bit

STOP

BIT

POSSIBLE

PARITY

BIT

UA3 UA3 UA3 UA3

UA4

Bit 1 Bit 2

Bit 0 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7Bit 3 STOP

BIT

POSSIBLE

PARITY

BIT

UA5 UA5 UA5 UA5

UA6

Start

Bit

UARTx_RX_DATA

(input)

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

128 NXP Semiconductors

Electrical Characteristics

4.12.21 USB HSIC Timings

This section describes the electrical information of the USB HSIC port.

NOTE

HSIC is a DDR signal. The following timing specification is for both rising

and falling edges.

4.12.21.1 Transmit Timing

Figure 94. USB HSIC Transmit Waveform

4.12.21.2 Receive Timing

Figure 95. USB HSIC Receive Waveform

Table 82. USB HSIC Transmit Parameters

Name Parameter Min Max Unit Comment

Tstrobe strobe period 4.166 4.167 ns —

Todelay data output delay time 550 1350 ps Measured at 50% point

Tslew strobe/data rising/falling time 0.7 2 V/ns Averaged from 30% – 70% points

Table 83. USB HSIC Receive Parameters1

1The timings in the table are guaranteed when:

—AC I/O voltage is between 0.9x to 1x of the I/O supply

—DDR_SEL configuration bits of the I/O are set to (10)b

Name Parameter Min Max Unit Comment

Tstrobe strobe period 4.166 4.167 ns —

Thold data hold time 300 — ps Measured at 50% point

Tsetup data setup time 365 — ps Measured at 50% point

Tslew strobe/data rising/falling time 0.7 2 V/ns Averaged from 30% – 70% points

USB_H_STROBE

USB_H_DATA

Todelay

Tstrobe

Todelay

USB_H_STROBE

USB_H_DATA

Thold

Tstrobe

Tsetup

Electrical Characteristics

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 129

4.12.22 USB PHY Parameters

This section describes the USB-OTG PHY and the USB Host port PHY parameters.

The USB PHY meets the electrical compliance requirements defined in the Universal Serial Bus Revision

2.0 OTG, USB Host with the amendments below (On-The-Go and Embedded Host Supplement to the USB

Revision 2.0 Specification is not applicable to Host port).

• USB ENGINEERING CHANGE NOTICE

— Title: 5V Short Circuit Withstand Requirement Change

— Applies to: Universal Serial Bus Specification, Revision 2.0

• Errata for USB Revision 2.0 April 27, 2000 as of 12/7/2000

• USB ENGINEERING CHANGE NOTICE

— Title: Pull-up/Pull-down resistors

— Applies to: Universal Serial Bus Specification, Revision 2.0

• USB ENGINEERING CHANGE NOTICE

— Title: Suspend Current Limit Changes

— Applies to: Universal Serial Bus Specification, Revision 2.0

• USB ENGINEERING CHANGE NOTICE

— Title: USB 2.0 Phase Locked SOFs

— Applies to: Universal Serial Bus Specification, Revision 2.0

• On-The-Go and Embedded Host Supplement to the USB Revision 2.0 Specification

— Revision 2.0 plus errata and ecn June 4, 2010

• Battery Charging Specification (available from USB-IF)

— Revision 1.2, December 7, 2010

— Portable device only

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

130 NXP Semiconductors

Boot Mode Configuration

5 Boot Mode Configuration

This section provides information on boot mode configuration pins allocation and boot devices interfaces

allocation.

5.1 Boot Mode Configuration Pins

Table 84 provides boot options, functionality, fuse values, and associated pins. Several input pins are also

sampled at reset and can be used to override fuse values, depending on the value of BT_FUSE_SEL fuse.

The boot option pins are in effect when BT_FUSE_SEL fuse is ‘0’ (cleared, which is the case for an

unblown fuse). For detailed boot mode options configured by the boot mode pins, see the i.MX

6Dual/6Quad Fuse Map document and the System Boot chapter of the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad reference

manual (IMX6DQRM).

Table 84. Fuses and Associated Pins Used for Boot

Pin Direction at Reset eFuse Name

Boot Mode Selection

BOOT_MODE1 Input Boot Mode Selection

BOOT_MODE0 Input Boot Mode Selection

Boot Options1

EIM_DA0 Input BOOT_CFG1[0]

EIM_DA1 Input BOOT_CFG1[1]

EIM_DA2 Input BOOT_CFG1[2]

EIM_DA3 Input BOOT_CFG1[3]

EIM_DA4 Input BOOT_CFG1[4]

EIM_DA5 Input BOOT_CFG1[5]

EIM_DA6 Input BOOT_CFG1[6]

EIM_DA7 Input BOOT_CFG1[7]

EIM_DA8 Input BOOT_CFG2[0]

EIM_DA9 Input BOOT_CFG2[1]

EIM_DA10 Input BOOT_CFG2[2]

EIM_DA11 Input BOOT_CFG2[3]

EIM_DA12 Input BOOT_CFG2[4]

EIM_DA13 Input BOOT_CFG2[5]

EIM_DA14 Input BOOT_CFG2[6]

EIM_DA15 Input BOOT_CFG2[7]

EIM_A16 Input BOOT_CFG3[0]

EIM_A17 Input BOOT_CFG3[1]

Boot Mode Configuration

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 131

5.2 Boot Devices Interfaces Allocation

Table 85 lists the interfaces that can be used by the boot process in accordance with the specific boot

mode configuration. The table also describes the interface’s specific modes and IOMUXC allocation,

which are configured during boot when appropriate.

EIM_A18 Input BOOT_CFG3[2]

EIM_A19 Input BOOT_CFG3[3]

EIM_A20 Input BOOT_CFG3[4]

EIM_A21 Input BOOT_CFG3[5]

EIM_A22 Input BOOT_CFG3[6]

EIM_A23 Input BOOT_CFG3[7]

EIM_A24 Input BOOT_CFG4[0]

EIM_WAIT Input BOOT_CFG4[1]

EIM_LBA Input BOOT_CFG4[2]

EIM_EB0 Input BOOT_CFG4[3]

EIM_EB1 Input BOOT_CFG4[4]

EIM_RW Input BOOT_CFG4[5]

EIM_EB2 Input BOOT_CFG4[6]

EIM_EB3 Input BOOT_CFG4[7]

1Pin value overrides fuse settings for BT_FUSE_SEL = ‘0’. Signal Configuration as Fuse Override Input at Power

Up. These are special I/O lines that control the boot up configuration during product development. In production,

the boot configuration can be controlled by fuses.

Table 85. Interfaces Allocation During Boot

Interface IP Instance Allocated Pads During Boot Comment

SPI ECSPI-1 EIM_D17, EIM_D18, EIM_D16, EIM_EB2, EIM_D19,

EIM_D24, EIM_D25

—

SPI ECSPI-2 CSI0_DAT10, CSI0_DAT9, CSI0_DAT8, CSI0_DAT11,

EIM_LBA, EIM_D24, EIM_D25

—

SPI ECSPI-3 DISP0_DAT2, DISP0_DAT1, DISP0_DAT0,

DISP0_DAT3, DISP0_DAT4, DISP0_DAT5, DISP0_DAT6

—

SPI ECSPI-4 EIM_D22, EIM_D28, EIM_D21, EIM_D20, EIM_A25,

EIM_D24, EIM_D25

—

SPI ECSPI-5 SD1_DAT0, SD1_CMD, SD1_CLK, SD1_DAT1,

SD1_DAT2, SD1_DAT3, SD2_DAT3

—

EIM EIM EIM_DA[15:0], EIM_D[31:16], CSI0_DAT[19:4],

CSI0_DATA_EN, CSI0_VSYNC

Used for NOR, OneNAND boot

Only CS0 is supported

Table 84. Fuses and Associated Pins Used for Boot (continued)

Pin Direction at Reset eFuse Name

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

132 NXP Semiconductors

Boot Mode Configuration

NAND Flash GPMI NANDF_CLE, NANDF_ALE, NANDF_WP_B,

SD4_CMD, SD4_CLK, NANDF_RB0, SD4_DAT0,

NANDF_CS0, NANDF_CS1, NANDF_CS2,

NANDF_CS3, NANDF_D[7:0]

8 bit

Only CS0 is supported

SD/MMC USDHC-1 SD1_CLK, SD1_CMD,SD1_DAT0, SD1_DAT1,

SD1_DAT2, SD1_DAT3, NANDF_D0, NANDF_D1,

NANDF_D2, NANDF_D3, KEY_COL1

1, 4, or 8 bit

SD/MMC USDHC-2 SD2_CLK, SD2_CMD, SD2_DAT0, SD2_DAT1,

SD2_DAT2, SD2_DAT3, NANDF_D4, NANDF_D5,

NANDF_D6, NANDF_D7, KEY_ROW1

1, 4, or 8 bit

SD/MMC USDHC-3 SD3_CLK, SD3_CMD, SD3_DAT0, SD3_DAT1,

SD3_DAT2, SD3_DAT3, SD3_DAT4, SD3_DAT5,

SD3_DAT6, SD3_DAT7, GPIO_18

1, 4, or 8 bit

SD/MMC USDHC-4 SD4_CLK, SD4_CMD, SD4_DAT0, SD4_DAT1,

SD4_DAT2, SD4_DAT3, SD4_DAT4, SD4_DAT5,

SD4_DAT6, SD4_DAT7, NANDF_CS1

1, 4, or 8 bit

I2C I2C-1 EIM_D28, EIM_D21 —

I2C I2C-2 EIM_D16, EIM_EB2 —

I2C I2C-3 EIM_D18, EIM_D17 —

SATA SATA_PHY SATA_TXM, SATA_TXP, SATA_RXP, SATA_RXM,

SATA_REXT

—

USB USB-OTG

PHY

USB_OTG_DP

USB_OTG_DN

USB_OTG_VBUS

—

Table 85. Interfaces Allocation During Boot (continued)

Interface IP Instance Allocated Pads During Boot Comment

Package Information and Contact Assignments

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 133

6 Package Information and Contact Assignments

This section includes the contact assignment information and mechanical package drawing.

6.1 Signal Naming Convention

The signal names of the i.MX6 series of products are standardized to align the signal names within the

family and across the documentation. Benefits of this standardization are as follows:

• Signal names are unique within the scope of an SoC and within the series of products

• Searches will return all occurrences of the named signal

• Signal names are consistent between i.MX 6 series products implementing the same modules

• The module instance is incorporated into the signal name

This standardization applies only to signal names. The ball names are preserved to prevent the need to

change schematics, BSDL models, IBIS models, and so on.

Throughout this document, the signal names are used except where referenced as a ball name (such as the

Functional Contact Assignments table, Ball Map table, and so on). A master list of signal names is in the

document, IMX 6 Series Standardized Signal Name Map (EB792). This list can be used to map the signal

names used in older documentation to the standardized naming conventions.

6.2 21 x 21 mm Package Information

6.2.1 Case FCPBGA, 21 x 21 mm, 0.8 mm Pitch, 25 x 25 Ball Matrix

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

134 NXP Semiconductors

Package Information and Contact Assignments

6.2.1.1 21 x 21 mm Lidded Package

Figure 96 and Figure 97 show the top, bottom, and side views of the 21 × 21 mm lidded package.

Figure 96. 21 x 21 mm Lidded Package Top, Bottom, and Side Views (Sheet 1 of 2)

Package Information and Contact Assignments

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 135

Figure 97. 21 x 21 mm Lidded Package Top, Bottom, and Side Views (Sheet 2 of 2)

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

136 NXP Semiconductors

Package Information and Contact Assignments

6.2.2 21 x 21 mm Ground, Power, Sense, and Reference Contact

Assignments

Table 86 shows the device connection list for ground, power, sense, and reference contact signals.

Table 86. 21 x 21 mm Supplies Contact Assignment

Supply Rail Name Ball(s) Position(s) Remark

CSI_REXT D4 —

DRAM_VREF AC2 —

DSI_REXT G4 —

FA_ANA A5 —

GND A13, A25, A4, A8, AA10, AA13, AA16, AA19, AA22, AD4, D3,

F8, J15, L10, M15, P15, T15, U8, W17, AA7, AD7, D6, G10,

J18, L12, M18, P18, T17, V19, W18, AB24, AE1, D8, G19, J2,

L15, M8, P8, T19, V8, W19, AB3, AE25, E5, G3, J8, L18, N10,

R12, T8, W10, W3, AD10, B4, E6, H12, K10, L2, N15, R15,

U11, W11, W7, AD13, C1, E7, H15, K12, L5, N18, R17, U12,

W12, W8, AD16, C10, F5, H18, K15, L8, N8, R8, U15, W13,

W9, AD19, C4, F6, H8, K18, M10, P10, T11, U17, W15, Y24,

AD22, C6, F7, J12, K8, M12, P12, T12, U19, W16, Y5

—

GPANAIO C8 Analog output for NXP use only. This

output must remain unconnected

HDMI_DDCCEC K2 Analog ground reference for the Hot

Plug detect signal

HDMI_REF J1 —

HDMI_VP L7 —

HDMI_VPH M7 —

NVCC_CSI N7 Supply of the camera sensor interface

NVCC_DRAM R18, T18, U18, V10, V11, V12, V13,

V14, V15, V16, V17, V18, V9

Supply of the DDR interface

NVCC_EIM0 K19 Supply of the EIM interface

NVCC_EIM1 L19 Supply of the EIM interface

NVCC_EIM2 M19 Supply of the EIM interface

NVCC_ENET R19 Supply of the ENET interface

NVCC_GPIO P7 Supply of the GPIO interface

NVCC_JTAG J7 Supply of the JTAG tap controller

interface

NVCC_LCD P19 Supply of the LCD interface

NVCC_LVDS2P5 V7 Supply of the LVDS display interface

and DDR pre-drivers. Even if the LVDS

interface is not used, this supply must

remain powered.

Package Information and Contact Assignments

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 137

NVCC_MIPI K7 Supply of the MIPI interface

NVCC_NANDF G15 Supply of the RAW NAND Flash

Memories interface

NVCC_PLL_OUT E8 —

NVCC_RGMII G18 Supply of the ENET interface

NVCC_SD1 G16 Supply of the SD card interface

NVCC_SD2 G17 Supply of the SD card interface

NVCC_SD3 G14 Supply of the SD card interface

PCIE_VP H7 —

PCIE_REXT A2 —

PCIE_VPH G7 PCI PHY supply

PCIE_VPTX G8 PCI PHY supply

SATA_REXT C14 —

SATA_VP G13 —

SATA_VPH G12 —

USB_H1_VBUS D10 —

USB_OTG_VBUS E9 —

VDD_CACHE_CAP N12 Cache supply input. This input should

be connected to (driven by)

VDD_SOC_CAP. The external

capacitor used for VDD_SOC_CAP is

sufficient for this supply.

VDD_FA B5 —

VDD_SNVS_CAP G9 Secondary supply for the SNVS

(internal regulator output—requires

capacitor if internal regulator is used)

VDD_SNVS_IN G11 Primary supply for the SNVS regulator

VDDARM_CAP H13, J13, K13, L13, M13, N13, P13, R13 Secondary supply for the ARM0 and

ARM1 cores (internal regulator

output—requires capacitor if internal

regulator is used)

VDDARM_IN H14, J14, K14, L14, M14, N14, P14, R14 Primary supply for the ARM0 and

ARM1 core regulator

VDDARM23_CAP H11, J11, K11, L11, M11, N11, P11, R11 Secondary supply for the ARM2 and

ARM3 cores (internal regulator

output—requires capacitor if internal

regulator is used)

VDDARM23_IN K9, L9, M9, N9, P9, R9, T9, U9 Primary supply for the ARM2 and

ARM3 core regulator

Table 86. 21 x 21 mm Supplies Contact Assignment (continued)

Supply Rail Name Ball(s) Position(s) Remark

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

138 NXP Semiconductors

Package Information and Contact Assignments

6.2.3 21 x 21 mm Functional Contact Assignments

Table 87 displays an alpha-sorted list of the signal assignments including power rails. The table also

includes out of reset pad state.

VDDHIGH_CAP H10, J10 Secondary supply for the 2.5 V domain

(internal regulator output—requires

capacitor if internal regulator is used)

VDDHIGH_IN H9, J9 Primary supply for the 2.5 V regulator

VDDPU_CAP H17, J17, K17, L17, M17, N17, P17 Secondary supply for the VPU and

GPU (internal regulator output—

requires capacitor if internal regulator

is used)

VDDSOC_CAP R10, T10, T13, T14, U10, U13, U14 Secondary supply for the SoC and PU

(internal regulator output—requires

capacitor if internal regulator is used)

VDDSOC_IN H16, J16, K16, L16, M16, N16, P16, R16, T16, U16 Primary supply for the SoC and PU

regulators

VDDUSB_CAP F9 Secondary supply for the 3 V domain

(internal regulator output—requires

capacitor if internal regulator is used)

ZQPAD AE17 Connect ZQPAD to an external 240Ω

1% resistor to GND. This is a reference

used during DRAM output buffer driver

calibration.

Table 87. 21 x 21 mm Functional Contact Assignments

Ball Name Ball Power Group Ball Type

Out of Reset Condition1

Default

Mode

(Reset

Mode)

Default Function

(Signal Name) Input/Output Value2

BOOT_MODE0 C12 VDD_SNVS_IN GPIO ALT0 SRC_BOOT_MODE0 Input PD (100K)

BOOT_MODE1 F12 VDD_SNVS_IN GPIO ALT0 SRC_BOOT_MODE1 Input PD (100K)

CLK1_N C7 VDD_HIGH_CAP — — CLK1_N — —

CLK1_P D7 VDD_HIGH_CAP — — CLK1_P — —

CLK2_N C5 VDD_HIGH_CAP — — CLK2_N — —

CLK2_P D5 VDD_HIGH_CAP — — CLK2_P — —

CSI_CLK0M F4 NVCC_MIPI — — CSI_CLK_N — —

CSI_CLK0P F3 NVCC_MIPI — — CSI_CLK_P — —

CSI_D0M E4 NVCC_MIPI — — CSI_DATA0_N — —

CSI_D0P E3 NVCC_MIPI — — CSI_DATA0_P — —

CSI_D1M D1 NVCC_MIPI — — CSI_DATA1_N — —

Table 86. 21 x 21 mm Supplies Contact Assignment (continued)

Supply Rail Name Ball(s) Position(s) Remark

Package Information and Contact Assignments

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 139

CSI_D1P D2 NVCC_MIPI — — CSI_DATA1_P — —

CSI_D2M E1 NVCC_MIPI — — CSI_DATA2_N — —

CSI_D2P E2 NVCC_MIPI — — CSI_DATA2_P — —

CSI_D3M F2 NVCC_MIPI — — CSI_DATA3_N — —

CSI_D3P F1 NVCC_MIPI — — CSI_DATA3_P — —

CSI0_DAT10 M1 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO28 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_DAT11 M3 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO29 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_DAT12 M2 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO30 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_DAT13 L1 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO31 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_DAT14 M4 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO6_IO00 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_DAT15 M5 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO6_IO01 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_DAT16 L4 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO6_IO02 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_DAT17 L3 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO6_IO03 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_DAT18 M6 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO6_IO04 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_DAT19 L6 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO6_IO05 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_DAT4 N1 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO22 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_DAT5 P2 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO23 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_DAT6 N4 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO24 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_DAT7 N3 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO25 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_DAT8 N6 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO26 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_DAT9 N5 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO27 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_DATA_EN P3 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO20 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_MCLK P4 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO19 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_PIXCLK P1 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO18 Input PU (100K)

CSI0_VSYNC N2 NVCC_CSI GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO21 Input PU (100K)

DI0_DISP_CLK N19 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO16 Input PU (100K)

DI0_PIN15 N21 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO17 Input PU (100K)

DI0_PIN2 N25 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO18 Input PU (100K)

DI0_PIN3 N20 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO19 Input PU (100K)

DI0_PIN4 P25 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO20 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT0 P24 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO21 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT1 P22 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO22 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT10 R21 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO31 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT11 T23 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO05 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT12 T24 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO06 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT13 R20 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO07 Input PU (100K)

Table 87. 21 x 21 mm Functional Contact Assignments (continued)

Ball Name Ball Power Group Ball Type

Out of Reset Condition1

Default

Mode

(Reset

Mode)

Default Function

(Signal Name) Input/Output Value2

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

140 NXP Semiconductors

Package Information and Contact Assignments

DISP0_DAT14 U25 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO08 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT15 T22 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO09 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT16 T21 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO10 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT17 U24 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO11 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT18 V25 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO12 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT19 U23 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO13 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT2 P23 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO23 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT20 U22 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO14 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT21 T20 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO15 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT22 V24 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO16 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT23 W24 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO5_IO17 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT3 P21 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO24 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT4 P20 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO25 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT5 R25 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO26 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT6 R23 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO27 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT7 R24 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO28 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT8 R22 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO29 Input PU (100K)

DISP0_DAT9 T25 NVCC_LCD GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO30 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_A0 AC14 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_ADDR00 Output 0

DRAM_A1 AB14 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_ADDR01 Output 0

DRAM_A10 AA15 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_ADDR10 Output 0

DRAM_A11 AC12 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_ADDR11 Output 0

DRAM_A12 AD12 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_ADDR12 Output 0

DRAM_A13 AC17 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_ADDR13 Output 0

DRAM_A14 AA12 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_ADDR14 Output 0

DRAM_A15 Y12 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_ADDR15 Output 0

DRAM_A2 AA14 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_ADDR02 Output 0

DRAM_A3 Y14 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_ADDR03 Output 0

DRAM_A4 W14 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_ADDR04 Output 0

DRAM_A5 AE13 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_ADDR05 Output 0

DRAM_A6 AC13 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_ADDR06 Output 0

DRAM_A7 Y13 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_ADDR07 Output 0

DRAM_A8 AB13 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_ADDR08 Output 0

DRAM_A9 AE12 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_ADDR09 Output 0

DRAM_CAS AE16 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_CAS_B Output 0

DRAM_CS0 Y16 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_CS0_B Output 0

Table 87. 21 x 21 mm Functional Contact Assignments (continued)

Ball Name Ball Power Group Ball Type

Out of Reset Condition1

Default

Mode

(Reset

Mode)

Default Function

(Signal Name) Input/Output Value2

Package Information and Contact Assignments

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 141

DRAM_CS1 AD17 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_CS1_B Output 0

DRAM_D0 AD2 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA00 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D1 AE2 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA01 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D10 AA6 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA10 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D11 AE7 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA11 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D12 AB5 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA12 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D13 AC5 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA13 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D14 AB6 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA14 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D15 AC7 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA15 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D16 AB7 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA16 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D17 AA8 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA17 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D18 AB9 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA18 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D19 Y9 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA19 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D2 AC4 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA02 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D20 Y7 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA20 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D21 Y8 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA21 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D22 AC8 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA22 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D23 AA9 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA23 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D24 AE9 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA24 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D25 Y10 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA25 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D26 AE11 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA26 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D27 AB11 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA27 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D28 AC9 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA28 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D29 AD9 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA29 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D3 AA5 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA03 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D30 AD11 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA30 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D31 AC11 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA31 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D32 AA17 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA32 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D33 AA18 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA33 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D34 AC18 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA34 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D35 AE19 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA35 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D36 Y17 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA36 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D37 Y18 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA37 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D38 AB19 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA38 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D39 AC19 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA39 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D4 AC1 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA04 Input PU (100K)

Table 87. 21 x 21 mm Functional Contact Assignments (continued)

Ball Name Ball Power Group Ball Type

Out of Reset Condition1

Default

Mode

(Reset

Mode)

Default Function

(Signal Name) Input/Output Value2

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

142 NXP Semiconductors

Package Information and Contact Assignments

DRAM_D40 Y19 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA40 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D41 AB20 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA41 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D42 AB21 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA42 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D43 AD21 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA43 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D44 Y20 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA44 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D45 AA20 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA45 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D46 AE21 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA46 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D47 AC21 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA47 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D48 AC22 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA48 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D49 AE22 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA49 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D5 AD1 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA05 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D50 AE24 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA50 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D51 AC24 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA51 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D52 AB22 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA52 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D53 AC23 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA53 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D54 AD25 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA54 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D55 AC25 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA55 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D56 AB25 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA56 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D57 AA21 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA57 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D58 Y25 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA58 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D59 Y22 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA59 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D6 AB4 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA06 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D60 AB23 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA60 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D61 AA23 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA61 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D62 Y23 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA62 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D63 W25 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA63 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D7 AE4 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA07 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D8 AD5 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA08 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_D9 AE5 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DATA09 Input PU (100K)

DRAM_DQM0 AC3 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DQM0 Output 0

DRAM_DQM1 AC6 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DQM1 Output 0

DRAM_DQM2 AB8 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DQM2 Output 0

DRAM_DQM3 AE10 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DQM3 Output 0

DRAM_DQM4 AB18 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DQM4 Output 0

DRAM_DQM5 AC20 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DQM5 Output 0

DRAM_DQM6 AD24 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DQM6 Output 0

Table 87. 21 x 21 mm Functional Contact Assignments (continued)

Ball Name Ball Power Group Ball Type

Out of Reset Condition1

Default

Mode

(Reset

Mode)

Default Function

(Signal Name) Input/Output Value2

Package Information and Contact Assignments

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 143

DRAM_DQM7 Y21 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_DQM7 Output 0

DRAM_RAS AB15 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_RAS_B Output 0

DRAM_RESET Y6 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_RESET Output 0

DRAM_SDBA0 AC15 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_SDBA0 Output 0

DRAM_SDBA1 Y15 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_SDBA1 Output 0

DRAM_SDBA2 AB12 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_SDBA2 Output 0

DRAM_SDCKE0 Y11 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_SDCKE0 Output 0

DRAM_SDCKE1 AA11 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_SDCKE1 Output 0

DRAM_SDCLK_0 AD15 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK ALT0 DRAM_SDCLK0_P Output 0

DRAM_SDCLK_0_B AE15 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK — DRAM_SDCLK0_N — —

DRAM_SDCLK_1 AD14 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK ALT0 DRAM_SDCLK1_P Output 0

DRAM_SDCLK_1_B AE14 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK — DRAM_SDCLK1_N — —

DRAM_SDODT0 AC16 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_ODT0 Output 0

DRAM_SDODT1 AB17 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_ODT1 Output 0

DRAM_SDQS0 AE3 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK ALT0 DRAM_SDQS0_P Input Hi-Z

DRAM_SDQS0_B AD3 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK — DRAM_SDQS0_N — —

DRAM_SDQS1 AD6 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK ALT0 DRAM_SDQS1_P Input Hi-Z

DRAM_SDQS1_B AE6 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK — DRAM_SDQS1_N — —

DRAM_SDQS2 AD8 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK ALT0 DRAM_SDQS2_P Input Hi-Z

DRAM_SDQS2_B AE8 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK — DRAM_SDQS2_N — —

DRAM_SDQS3 AC10 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK ALT0 DRAM_SDQS3_P Input Hi-Z

DRAM_SDQS3_B AB10 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK — DRAM_SDQS3_N — —

DRAM_SDQS4 AD18 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK ALT0 DRAM_SDQS4_P Input Hi-Z

DRAM_SDQS4_B AE18 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK — DRAM_SDQS4_N — —

DRAM_SDQS5 AD20 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK ALT0 DRAM_SDQS5_P Input Hi-Z

DRAM_SDQS5_B AE20 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK — DRAM_SDQS5_N — —

DRAM_SDQS6 AD23 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK ALT0 DRAM_SDQS6_P Input Hi-Z

DRAM_SDQS6_B AE23 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK — DRAM_SDQS6_N — —

DRAM_SDQS7 AA25 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK ALT0 DRAM_SDQS7_P Input Hi-Z

DRAM_SDQS7_B AA24 NVCC_DRAM DDRCLK — DRAM_SDQS7_N — —

DRAM_SDWE AB16 NVCC_DRAM DDR ALT0 DRAM_SDWE_B Output 0

DSI_CLK0M H3 NVCC_MIPI — — DSI_CLK_N — —

DSI_CLK0P H4 NVCC_MIPI — — DSI_CLK_P — —

DSI_D0M G2 NVCC_MIPI — — DSI_DATA0_N — —

DSI_D0P G1 NVCC_MIPI — — DSI_DATA0_P — —

DSI_D1M H2 NVCC_MIPI — — DSI_DATA1_N — —

Table 87. 21 x 21 mm Functional Contact Assignments (continued)

Ball Name Ball Power Group Ball Type

Out of Reset Condition1

Default

Mode

(Reset

Mode)

Default Function

(Signal Name) Input/Output Value2

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

144 NXP Semiconductors

Package Information and Contact Assignments

DSI_D1P H1 NVCC_MIPI — — DSI_DATA1_P — —

EIM_A16 H25 NVCC_EIM1 GPIO ALT0 EIM_ADDR16 Output 0

EIM_A17 G24 NVCC_EIM1 GPIO ALT0 EIM_ADDR17 Output 0

EIM_A18 J22 NVCC_EIM1 GPIO ALT0 EIM_ADDR18 Output 0

EIM_A19 G25 NVCC_EIM1 GPIO ALT0 EIM_ADDR19 Output 0

EIM_A20 H22 NVCC_EIM1 GPIO ALT0 EIM_ADDR20 Output 0

EIM_A21 H23 NVCC_EIM1 GPIO ALT0 EIM_ADDR21 Output 0

EIM_A22 F24 NVCC_EIM1 GPIO ALT0 EIM_ADDR22 Output 0

EIM_A23 J21 NVCC_EIM1 GPIO ALT0 EIM_ADDR23 Output 0

EIM_A24 F25 NVCC_EIM1 GPIO ALT0 EIM_ADDR24 Output 0

EIM_A25 H19 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT0 EIM_ADDR25 Output 0

EIM_BCLK N22 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_BCLK Output 0

EIM_CS0 H24 NVCC_EIM1 GPIO ALT0 EIM_CS0_B Output 1

EIM_CS1 J23 NVCC_EIM1 GPIO ALT0 EIM_CS1_B Output 1

EIM_D16 C25 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT5 GPIO3_IO16 Input PU (100K)

EIM_D17 F21 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT5 GPIO3_IO17 Input PU (100K)

EIM_D18 D24 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT5 GPIO3_IO18 Input PU (100K)

EIM_D19 G21 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT5 GPIO3_IO19 Input PU (100K)

EIM_D20 G20 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT5 GPIO3_IO20 Input PU (100K)

EIM_D21 H20 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT5 GPIO3_IO21 Input PU (100K)

EIM_D22 E23 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT5 GPIO3_IO22 Input PD (100K)

EIM_D23 D25 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT5 GPIO3_IO23 Input PU (100K)

EIM_D24 F22 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT5 GPIO3_IO24 Input PU (100K)

EIM_D25 G22 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT5 GPIO3_IO25 Input PU (100K)

EIM_D26 E24 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT5 GPIO3_IO26 Input PU (100K)

EIM_D27 E25 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT5 GPIO3_IO27 Input PU (100K)

EIM_D28 G23 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT5 GPIO3_IO28 Input PU (100K)

EIM_D29 J19 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT5 GPIO3_IO29 Input PU (100K)

EIM_D30 J20 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT5 GPIO3_IO30 Input PU (100K)

EIM_D31 H21 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT5 GPIO3_IO31 Input PD (100K)

EIM_DA0 L20 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_AD00 Input PU (100K)

EIM_DA1 J25 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_AD01 Input PU (100K)

EIM_DA2 L21 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_AD02 Input PU (100K)

EIM_DA3 K24 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_AD03 Input PU (100K)

EIM_DA4 L22 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_AD04 Input PU (100K)

EIM_DA5 L23 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_AD05 Input PU (100K)

Table 87. 21 x 21 mm Functional Contact Assignments (continued)

Ball Name Ball Power Group Ball Type

Out of Reset Condition1

Default

Mode

(Reset

Mode)

Default Function

(Signal Name) Input/Output Value2

Package Information and Contact Assignments

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 145

EIM_DA6 K25 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_AD06 Input PU (100K)

EIM_DA7 L25 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_AD07 Input PU (100K)

EIM_DA8 L24 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_AD08 Input PU (100K)

EIM_DA9 M21 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_AD09 Input PU (100K)

EIM_DA10 M22 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_AD10 Input PU (100K)

EIM_DA11 M20 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_AD11 Input PU (100K)

EIM_DA12 M24 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_AD12 Input PU (100K)

EIM_DA13 M23 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_AD13 Input PU (100K)

EIM_DA14 N23 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_AD14 Input PU (100K)

EIM_DA15 N24 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_AD15 Input PU (100K)

EIM_EB0 K21 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_EB0_B Output 1

EIM_EB1 K23 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_EB1_B Output 1

EIM_EB2 E22 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT5 GPIO2_IO30 Input PU (100K)

EIM_EB3 F23 NVCC_EIM0 GPIO ALT5 GPIO2_IO31 Input PU (100K)

EIM_LBA K22 NVCC_EIM1 GPIO ALT0 EIM_LBA_B Output 1

EIM_OE J24 NVCC_EIM1 GPIO ALT0 EIM_OE Output 1

EIM_RW K20 NVCC_EIM1 GPIO ALT0 EIM_RW Output 1

EIM_WAIT M25 NVCC_EIM2 GPIO ALT0 EIM_WAIT Input PU (100K)

ENET_CRS_DV U21 NVCC_ENET GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO25 Input PU (100K)

ENET_MDC V20 NVCC_ENET GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO31 Input PU (100K)

ENET_MDIO V23 NVCC_ENET GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO22 Input PU (100K)

ENET_REF_CLK3V22 NVCC_ENET GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO23 Input PU (100K)

ENET_RX_ER W23 NVCC_ENET GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO24 Input PU (100K)

ENET_RXD0 W21 NVCC_ENET GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO27 Input PU (100K)

ENET_RXD1 W22 NVCC_ENET GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO26 Input PU (100K)

ENET_TX_EN V21 NVCC_ENET GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO28 Input PU (100K)

ENET_TXD0 U20 NVCC_ENET GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO30 Input PU (100K)

ENET_TXD1 W20 NVCC_ENET GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO29 Input PU (100K)

GPIO_0 T5 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO00 Input PD (100K)

GPIO_1 T4 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO01 Input PU (100K)

GPIO_16 R2 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO7_IO11 Input PU (100K)

GPIO_17 R1 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO7_IO12 Input PU (100K)

GPIO_18 P6 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO7_IO13 Input PU (100K)

GPIO_19 P5 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO05 Input PU (100K)

GPIO_2 T1 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO02 Input PU (100K)

GPIO_3 R7 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO03 Input PU (100K)

Table 87. 21 x 21 mm Functional Contact Assignments (continued)

Ball Name Ball Power Group Ball Type

Out of Reset Condition1

Default

Mode

(Reset

Mode)

Default Function

(Signal Name) Input/Output Value2

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

146 NXP Semiconductors

Package Information and Contact Assignments

GPIO_4 R6 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO04 Input PU (100K)

GPIO_5 R4 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO05 Input PU (100K)

GPIO_6 T3 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO06 Input PU (100K)

GPIO_7 R3 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO07 Input PU (100K)

GPIO_8 R5 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO08 Input PU (100K)

GPIO_9 T2 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO09 Input PU (100K)

HDMI_CLKM J5 HDMI_VPH — — HDMI_TX_CLK_N — —

HDMI_CLKP J6 HDMI_VPH — — HDMI_TX_CLK_P — —

HDMI_D0M K5 HDMI_VPH — — HDMI_TX_DATA0_N — —

HDMI_D0P K6 HDMI_VPH — — HDMI_TX_DATA0_P — —

HDMI_D1M J3 HDMI_VPH — — HDMI_TX_DATA1_N — —

HDMI_D1P J4 HDMI_VPH — — HDMI_TX_DATA1_P — —

HDMI_D2M K3 HDMI_VPH — — HDMI_TX_DATA2_N — —

HDMI_D2P K4 HDMI_VPH — — HDMI_TX_DATA2_P — —

HDMI_HPD K1 HDMI_VPH — — HDMI_TX_HPD — —

JTAG_MOD H6 NVCC_JTAG GPIO ALT0 JTAG_MODE Input PU (100K)

JTAG_TCK H5 NVCC_JTAG GPIO ALT0 JTAG_TCK Input PU (47K)

JTAG_TDI G5 NVCC_JTAG GPIO ALT0 JTAG_TDI Input PU (47K)

JTAG_TDO G6 NVCC_JTAG GPIO ALT0 JTAG_TDO Output Keeper

JTAG_TMS C3 NVCC_JTAG GPIO ALT0 JTAG_TMS Input PU (47K)

JTAG_TRSTB C2 NVCC_JTAG GPIO ALT0 JTAG_TRST_B Input PU (47K)

KEY_COL0 W5 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO06 Input PU (100K)

KEY_COL1 U7 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO08 Input PU (100K)

KEY_COL2 W6 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO10 Input PU (100K)

KEY_COL3 U5 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO12 Input PU (100K)

KEY_COL4 T6 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO14 Input PU (100K)

KEY_ROW0 V6 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO07 Input PU (100K)

KEY_ROW1 U6 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO09 Input PU (100K)

KEY_ROW2 W4 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO11 Input PU (100K)

KEY_ROW3 T7 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO13 Input PU (100K)

KEY_ROW4 V5 NVCC_GPIO GPIO ALT5 GPIO4_IO15 Input PD (100K)

LVDS0_CLK_N V4 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS — LVDS0_CLK_N — —

LVDS0_CLK_P V3 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS ALT0 LVDS0_CLK_P Input Keeper

LVDS0_TX0_N U2 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS — LVDS0_TX0_N — —

LVDS0_TX0_P U1 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS ALT0 LVDS0_TX0_P Input Keeper

LVDS0_TX1_N U4 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS — LVDS0_TX1_N — —

Table 87. 21 x 21 mm Functional Contact Assignments (continued)

Ball Name Ball Power Group Ball Type

Out of Reset Condition1

Default

Mode

(Reset

Mode)

Default Function

(Signal Name) Input/Output Value2

Package Information and Contact Assignments

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 147

LVDS0_TX1_P U3 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS ALT0 LVDS0_TX1_P Input Keeper

LVDS0_TX2_N V2 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS — LVDS0_TX2_N — —

LVDS0_TX2_P V1 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS ALT0 LVDS0_TX2_P Input Keeper

LVDS0_TX3_N W2 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS — LVDS0_TX3_N — —

LVDS0_TX3_P W1 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS ALT0 LVDS0_TX3_P Input Keeper

LVDS1_CLK_N Y3 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS — LVDS1_CLK_N — —

LVDS1_CLK_P Y4 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS ALT0 LVDS1_CLK_P Input Keeper

LVDS1_TX0_N Y1 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS — LVDS1_TX0_N — —

LVDS1_TX0_P Y2 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS ALT0 LVDS1_TX0_P Input Keeper

LVDS1_TX1_N AA2 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS — LVDS1_TX1_N — —

LVDS1_TX1_P AA1 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS ALT0 LVDS1_TX1_P Input Keeper

LVDS1_TX2_N AB1 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS — LVDS1_TX2_N — —

LVDS1_TX2_P AB2 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS ALT0 LVDS1_TX2_P Input Keeper

LVDS1_TX3_N AA3 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS — LVDS1_TX3_N — —

LVDS1_TX3_P AA4 NVCC_LVDS_2P5 LVDS ALT0 LVDS1_TX3_P Input Keeper

NANDF_ALE A16 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO6_IO08 Input PU (100K)

NANDF_CLE C15 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO6_IO07 Input PU (100K)

NANDF_CS0 F15 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO6_IO11 Input PU (100K)

NANDF_CS1 C16 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO6_IO14 Input PU (100K)

NANDF_CS2 A17 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO6_IO15 Input PU (100K)

NANDF_CS3 D16 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO6_IO16 Input PU (100K)

NANDF_D0 A18 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO2_IO00 Input PU (100K)

NANDF_D1 C17 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO2_IO01 Input PU (100K)

NANDF_D2 F16 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO2_IO02 Input PU (100K)

NANDF_D3 D17 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO2_IO03 Input PU (100K)

NANDF_D4 A19 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO2_IO04 Input PU (100K)

NANDF_D5 B18 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO2_IO05 Input PU (100K)

NANDF_D6 E17 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO2_IO06 Input PU (100K)

NANDF_D7 C18 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO2_IO07 Input PU (100K)

NANDF_RB0 B16 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO6_IO10 Input PU (100K)

NANDF_WP_B E15 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO6_IO09 Input PU (100K)

ONOFF D12 VDD_SNVS_IN GPIO — SRC_ONOFF Input PU (100K)

PCIE_RXM B1 PCIE_VPH — — PCIE_RX_N — —

PCIE_RXP B2 PCIE_VPH — — PCIE_RX_P — —

PCIE_TXM A3 PCIE_VPH — — PCIE_TX_N — —

PCIE_TXP B3 PCIE_VPH — — PCIE_TX_P — —

Table 87. 21 x 21 mm Functional Contact Assignments (continued)

Ball Name Ball Power Group Ball Type

Out of Reset Condition1

Default

Mode

(Reset

Mode)

Default Function

(Signal Name) Input/Output Value2

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

148 NXP Semiconductors

Package Information and Contact Assignments

PMIC_ON_REQ D11 VDD_SNVS_IN GPIO ALT0 SNVS_PMIC_ON_REQ Output Open

Drain with

PU (100K)

PMIC_STBY_REQ F11 VDD_SNVS_IN GPIO ALT0 CCM_PMIC_STBY_REQ Output 0

POR_B C11 VDD_SNVS_IN GPIO ALT0 SRC_POR_B Input PU (100K)

RGMII_RD0 C24 NVCC_RGMII DDR ALT5 GPIO6_IO25 Input PU (100K)

RGMII_RD1 B23 NVCC_RGMII DDR ALT5 GPIO6_IO27 Input PU (100K)

RGMII_RD2 B24 NVCC_RGMII DDR ALT5 GPIO6_IO28 Input PU (100K)

RGMII_RD3 D23 NVCC_RGMII DDR ALT5 GPIO6_IO29 Input PU (100K)

RGMII_RX_CTL D22 NVCC_RGMII DDR ALT5 GPIO6_IO24 Input PD (100K)

RGMII_RXC B25 NVCC_RGMII DDR ALT5 GPIO6_IO30 Input PD (100K)

RGMII_TD0 C22 NVCC_RGMII DDR ALT5 GPIO6_IO20 Input PU (100K)

RGMII_TD1 F20 NVCC_RGMII DDR ALT5 GPIO6_IO21 Input PU (100K)

RGMII_TD2 E21 NVCC_RGMII DDR ALT5 GPIO6_IO22 Input PU (100K)

RGMII_TD3 A24 NVCC_RGMII DDR ALT5 GPIO6_IO23 Input PU (100K)

RGMII_TX_CTL C23 NVCC_RGMII DDR ALT5 GPIO6_IO26 Input PD (100K)

RGMII_TXC D21 NVCC_RGMII DDR ALT5 GPIO6_IO19 Input PD (100K)

RTC_XTALI D9 VDD_SNVS_CAP — — RTC_XTALI — —

RTC_XTALO C9 VDD_SNVS_CAP — — RTC_XTALO — —

SATA_RXM A14 SATA_VPH — — SATA_PHY_RX_N — —

SATA_RXP B14 SATA_VPH — — SATA_PHY_RX_P — —

SATA_TXM B12 SATA_VPH — — SATA_PHY_TX_N — —

SATA_TXP A12 SATA_VPH — — SATA_PHY_TX_P — —

SD1_CLK D20 NVCC_SD1 GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO20 Input PU (100K)

SD1_CMD B21 NVCC_SD1 GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO18 Input PU (100K)

SD1_DAT0 A21 NVCC_SD1 GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO16 Input PU (100K)

SD1_DAT1 C20 NVCC_SD1 GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO17 Input PU (100K)

SD1_DAT2 E19 NVCC_SD1 GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO19 Input PU (100K)

SD1_DAT3 F18 NVCC_SD1 GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO21 Input PU (100K)

SD2_CLK C21 NVCC_SD2 GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO10 Input PU (100K)

SD2_CMD F19 NVCC_SD2 GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO11 Input PU (100K)

SD2_DAT0 A22 NVCC_SD2 GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO15 Input PU (100K)

SD2_DAT1 E20 NVCC_SD2 GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO14 Input PU (100K)

SD2_DAT2 A23 NVCC_SD2 GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO13 Input PU (100K)

SD2_DAT3 B22 NVCC_SD2 GPIO ALT5 GPIO1_IO12 Input PU (100K)

SD3_CLK D14 NVCC_SD3 GPIO ALT5 GPIO7_IO03 Input PU (100K)

SD3_CMD B13 NVCC_SD3 GPIO ALT5 GPIO7_IO02 Input PU (100K)

Table 87. 21 x 21 mm Functional Contact Assignments (continued)

Ball Name Ball Power Group Ball Type

Out of Reset Condition1

Default

Mode

(Reset

Mode)

Default Function

(Signal Name) Input/Output Value2

Package Information and Contact Assignments

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 149

SD3_DAT0 E14 NVCC_SD3 GPIO ALT5 GPIO7_IO04 Input PU (100K)

SD3_DAT1 F14 NVCC_SD3 GPIO ALT5 GPIO7_IO05 Input PU (100K)

SD3_DAT2 A15 NVCC_SD3 GPIO ALT5 GPIO7_IO06 Input PU (100K)

SD3_DAT3 B15 NVCC_SD3 GPIO ALT5 GPIO7_IO07 Input PU (100K)

SD3_DAT4 D13 NVCC_SD3 GPIO ALT5 GPIO7_IO01 Input PU (100K)

SD3_DAT5 C13 NVCC_SD3 GPIO ALT5 GPIO7_IO00 Input PU (100K)

SD3_DAT6 E13 NVCC_SD3 GPIO ALT5 GPIO6_IO18 Input PU (100K)

SD3_DAT7 F13 NVCC_SD3 GPIO ALT5 GPIO6_IO17 Input PU (100K)

SD3_RST D15 NVCC_SD3 GPIO ALT5 GPIO7_IO08 Input PU (100K)

SD4_CLK E16 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO7_IO10 Input PU (100K)

SD4_CMD B17 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO7_IO09 Input PU (100K)

SD4_DAT0 D18 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO2_IO08 Input PU (100K)

SD4_DAT1 B19 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO2_IO09 Input PU (100K)

SD4_DAT2 F17 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO2_IO10 Input PU (100K)

SD4_DAT3 A20 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO2_IO11 Input PU (100K)

SD4_DAT4 E18 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO2_IO12 Input PU (100K)

SD4_DAT5 C19 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO2_IO13 Input PU (100K)

SD4_DAT6 B20 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO2_IO14 Input PU (100K)

SD4_DAT7 D19 NVCC_NANDF GPIO ALT5 GPIO2_IO15 Input PU (100K)

TAMPER E11 VDD_SNVS_IN GPIO ALT0 SNVS_TAMPER Input PD (100K)

TEST_MODE E12 VDD_SNVS_IN — — TCU_TEST_MODE Input PD (100K)

USB_H1_DN F10 VDD_USB_CAP — — USB_H1_DN — —

USB_H1_DP E10 VDD_USB_CAP — — USB_H1_DP — —

USB_OTG_CHD_B B8 VDD_USB_CAP — — USB_OTG_CHD_B — —

USB_OTG_DN B6 VDD_USB_CAP — — USB_OTG_DN — —

USB_OTG_DP A6 VDD_USB_CAP — — USB_OTG_DP — —

XTALI A7 NVCC_PLL — — XTALI — —

XTALO B7 NVCC_PLL — — XTALO — —

1The state immediately after reset and before ROM firmware or software has executed.

2Variance of the pull-up and pull-down strengths are shown in the tables as follows:

•Table 21, “GPIO I/O DC Parameters,” on page 37.

•Table 23, “LPDDR2 I/O DC Electrical Parameters,” on page 39.

•Table 24, “DDR3/DDR3L I/O DC Electrical Parameters,” on page 40.

3ENET_REF_CLK is used as a clock source for MII and RGMII modes only. RMII mode uses either GPIO_16 or RGMII_TX_CTL

as a clock source. For more information on these clocks, see your specific device reference manual and the Hardware

Development Guide for i.MX 6Quad, 6Dual, 6DualLite, 6Solo Families of Applications Processors (IMX6DQ6SDLHDG).

Table 87. 21 x 21 mm Functional Contact Assignments (continued)

Ball Name Ball Power Group Ball Type

Out of Reset Condition1

Default

Mode

(Reset

Mode)

Default Function

(Signal Name) Input/Output Value2

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

150 NXP Semiconductors

Package Information and Contact Assignments

6.2.4 Signals with Different Reset States

For most of the signals, the state during reset is same as the state after reset, given in Out of Reset Condition

column of Table 87, “21 x 21 mm Functional Contact Assignments”. However, there are few signals for

which the state during reset is different from the state after reset. These signals along with their state during

reset are given in Table 88.

Table 88. Signals with Differing Before Reset and After Reset States

Ball Name

Before Reset State

Input/Output Value

EIM_A16 Input PD (100K)

EIM_A17 Input PD (100K)

EIM_A18 Input PD (100K)

EIM_A19 Input PD (100K)

EIM_A20 Input PD (100K)

EIM_A21 Input PD (100K)

EIM_A22 Input PD (100K)

EIM_A23 Input PD (100K)

EIM_A24 Input PD (100K)

EIM_A25 Input PD (100K)

EIM_DA0 Input PD (100K)

EIM_DA1 Input PD (100K)

EIM_DA2 Input PD (100K)

EIM_DA3 Input PD (100K)

EIM_DA4 Input PD (100K)

EIM_DA5 Input PD (100K)

EIM_DA6 Input PD (100K)

EIM_DA7 Input PD (100K)

EIM_DA8 Input PD (100K)

EIM_DA9 Input PD (100K)

EIM_DA10 Input PD (100K)

EIM_DA11 Input PD (100K)

EIM_DA12 Input PD (100K)

EIM_DA13 Input PD (100K)

EIM_DA14 Input PD (100K)

EIM_DA15 Input PD (100K)

EIM_EB0 Input PD (100K)

EIM_EB1 Input PD (100K)

EIM_EB2 Input PD (100K)

EIM_EB3 Input PD (100K)

Package Information and Contact Assignments

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 151

EIM_LBA Input PD (100K)

EIM_RW Input PD (100K)

EIM_WAIT Input PD (100K)

GPIO_17 Output Drive state unknown (x)

GPIO_19 Output Drive state unknown (x)

KEY_COL0 Output Drive state unknown (x)

Table 88. Signals with Differing Before Reset and After Reset States (continued)

Ball Name

Before Reset State

Input/Output Value

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

152 NXP Semiconductors

Package Information and Contact Assignments

6.2.5 21 x 21 mm, 0.8 mm Pitch Ball Map

Table 89 shows the FCPBGA 21 x 21 mm, 0.8 mm pitch ball map.

Table 89. 21 x 21 mm, 0.8 mm Pitch Ball Map

PCIE_REXT

PCIE_TXM

GND

FA_ANA

USB_OTG_DP

XTALI

GND

NC1

SATA_TXP

GND

SATA_RXM

SD3_DAT2

NANDF_ALE

NANDF_CS2

NANDF_D0

NANDF_D4

SD4_DAT3

SD1_DAT0

SD2_DAT0

SD2_DAT2

RGMII_TD3

GND

PCIE_RXM

PCIE_RXP

PCIE_TXP

GND

VDD_FA

USB_OTG_DN

XTALO

USB_OTG_CHD_B

NC1

SATA_TXM

SD3_CMD

SATA_RXP

SD3_DAT3

NANDF_RB0

SD4_CMD

NANDF_D5

SD4_DAT1

SD4_DAT6

SD1_CMD

SD2_DAT3

RGMII_RD1

RGMII_RD2

RGMII_RXC

GND

JTAG_TRSTB

JTAG_TMS

GND

CLK2_N

GND

CLK1_N

GPANAIO

RTC_XTALO

GND

POR_B

BOOT_MODE0

SD3_DAT5

SATA_REXT

NANDF_CLE

NANDF_CS1

NANDF_D1

NANDF_D7

SD4_DAT5

SD1_DAT1

SD2_CLK

RGMII_TD0

RGMII_TX_CTL

RGMII_RD0

EIM_D16

CSI_D1M

CSI_D1P

GND

CSI_REXT

CLK2_P

GND

CLK1_P

GND

RTC_XTALI

USB_H1_VBUS

PMIC_ON_REQ

ONOFF

SD3_DAT4

SD3_CLK

SD3_RST

NANDF_CS3

NANDF_D3

SD4_DAT0

SD4_DAT7

SD1_CLK

RGMII_TXC

RGMII_RX_CTL

RGMII_RD3

EIM_D18

EIM_D23

CSI_D2M

CSI_D2P

CSI_D0P

CSI_D0M

GND

NVCC_PLL_OUT

USB_OTG_VBUS

USB_H1_DP

TAMPER

TEST_MODE

SD3_DAT6

SD3_DAT0

NANDF_WP_B

SD4_CLK

NANDF_D6

SD4_DAT4

SD1_DAT2

SD2_DAT1

RGMII_TD2

EIM_EB2

EIM_D22

EIM_D26

EIM_D27

CSI_D3P

CSI_D3M

CSI_CLK0P

CSI_CLK0M

GND

VDDUSB_CAP

USB_H1_DN

PMIC_STBY_REQ

BOOT_MODE1

SD3_DAT7

SD3_DAT1

NANDF_CS0

NANDF_D2

SD4_DAT2

SD1_DAT3

SD2_CMD

RGMII_TD1

EIM_D17

EIM_D24

EIM_EB3

EIM_A22

EIM_A24

DSI_D0P

DSI_D0M

GND

DSI_REXT

JTAG_TDI

JTAG_TDO

PCIE_VPH

PCIE_VPTX

VDD_SNVS_CAP

GND

VDD_SNVS_IN

SATA_VPH

SATA_VP

NVCC_SD3

NVCC_NANDF

NVCC_SD1

NVCC_SD2

NVCC_RGMII

GND

EIM_D20

EIM_D19

EIM_D25

EIM_D28

EIM_A17

EIM_A19

Package Information and Contact Assignments

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 153

DSI_D1P

DSI_D1M

DSI_CLK0M

DSI_CLK0P

JTAG_TCK

JTAG_MOD

PCIE_VP

GND

VDDHIGH_IN

VDDHIGH_CAP

VDDARM23_CAP

GND

VDDARM_CAP

VDDARM_IN

GND

VDDSOC_IN

VDDPU_CAP

GND

EIM_A25

EIM_D21

EIM_D31

EIM_A20

EIM_A21

EIM_CS0

EIM_A16

HDMI_REF

GND

HDMI_D1M

HDMI_D1P

HDMI_CLKM

HDMI_CLKP

NVCC_JTAG

GND

VDDHIGH_IN

VDDHIGH_CAP

VDDARM23_CAP

GND

VDDARM_CAP

VDDARM_IN

GND

VDDSOC_IN

VDDPU_CAP

GND

EIM_D29

EIM_D30

EIM_A23

EIM_A18

EIM_CS1

EIM_OE

EIM_DA1

HDMI_HPD

HDMI_DDCCEC

HDMI_D2M

HDMI_D2P

HDMI_D0M

HDMI_D0P

NVCC_MIPI

GND

VDDARM23_IN

GND

VDDARM23_CAP

GND

VDDARM_CAP

VDDARM_IN

GND

VDDSOC_IN

VDDPU_CAP

GND

NVCC_EIM0

EIM_RW

EIM_EB0

EIM_LBA

EIM_EB1

EIM_DA3

EIM_DA6

CSI0_DAT13

GND

CSI0_DAT17

CSI0_DAT16

GND

CSI0_DAT19

HDMI_VP

GND

VDDARM23_IN

GND

VDDARM23_CAP

GND

VDDARM_CAP

VDDARM_IN

GND

VDDSOC_IN

VDDPU_CAP

GND

NVCC_EIM1

EIM_DA0

EIM_DA2

EIM_DA4

EIM_DA5

EIM_DA8

EIM_DA7

CSI0_DAT10

CSI0_DAT12

CSI0_DAT11

CSI0_DAT14

CSI0_DAT15

CSI0_DAT18

HDMI_VPH

GND

VDDARM23_IN

GND

VDDARM23_CAP

GND

VDDARM_CAP

VDDARM_IN

GND

VDDSOC_IN

VDDPU_CAP

GND

NVCC_EIM2

EIM_DA11

EIM_DA9

EIM_DA10

EIM_DA13

EIM_DA12

EIM_WAIT

CSI0_DAT4

CSI0_VSYNC

CSI0_DAT7

CSI0_DAT6

CSI0_DAT9

CSI0_DAT8

NVCC_CSI

GND

VDDARM23_IN

GND

VDDARM23_CAP

VDD_CACHE_CAP

VDDARM_CAP

VDDARM_IN

GND

VDDSOC_IN

VDDPU_CAP

GND

DI0_DISP_CLK

DI0_PIN3

DI0_PIN15

EIM_BCLK

EIM_DA14

EIM_DA15

DI0_PIN2

CSI0_PIXCLK

CSI0_DAT5

CSI0_DATA_EN

CSI0_MCLK

GPIO_19

GPIO_18

NVCC_GPIO

GND

VDDARM23_IN

GND

VDDARM23_CAP

GND

VDDARM_CAP

VDDARM_IN

GND

VDDSOC_IN

VDDPU_CAP

GND

NVCC_LCD

DISP0_DAT4

DISP0_DAT3

DISP0_DAT1

DISP0_DAT2

DISP0_DAT0

DI0_PIN4

Table 89. 21 x 21 mm, 0.8 mm Pitch Ball Map (continued)

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

154 NXP Semiconductors

Package Information and Contact Assignments

GPIO_17

GPIO_16

GPIO_7

GPIO_5

GPIO_8

GPIO_4

GPIO_3

GND

VDDARM23_IN

VDDSOC_CAP

VDDARM23_CAP

GND

VDDARM_CAP

VDDARM_IN

GND

VDDSOC_IN

GND

NVCC_DRAM

NVCC_ENET

DISP0_DAT13

DISP0_DAT10

DISP0_DAT8

DISP0_DAT6

DISP0_DAT7

DISP0_DAT5

GPIO_2

GPIO_9

GPIO_6

GPIO_1

GPIO_0

KEY_COL4

KEY_ROW3

GND

VDDARM23_IN

VDDSOC_CAP

GND

VDDSOC_CAP

GND

VDDSOC_IN

GND

NVCC_DRAM

GND

DISP0_DAT21

DISP0_DAT16

DISP0_DAT15

DISP0_DAT11

DISP0_DAT12

DISP0_DAT9

LVDS0_TX0_P

LVDS0_TX0_N

LVDS0_TX1_P

LVDS0_TX1_N

KEY_COL3

KEY_ROW1

KEY_COL1

GND

VDDARM23_IN

VDDSOC_CAP

GND

VDDSOC_CAP

GND

VDDSOC_IN

GND

NVCC_DRAM

GND

ENET_TXD0

ENET_CRS_DV

DISP0_DAT20

DISP0_DAT19

DISP0_DAT17

DISP0_DAT14

LVDS0_TX2_P

LVDS0_TX2_N

LVDS0_CLK_P

LVDS0_CLK_N

KEY_ROW4

KEY_ROW0

NVCC_LVDS2P5

GND

NVCC_DRAM

GND

ENET_MDC

ENET_TX_EN

ENET_REF_CLK

ENET_MDIO

DISP0_DAT22

DISP0_DAT18

LVDS0_TX3_P

LVDS0_TX3_N

GND

KEY_ROW2

KEY_COL0

KEY_COL2

GND

DRAM_A4

GND

ENET_TXD1

ENET_RXD0

ENET_RXD1

ENET_RX_ER

DISP0_DAT23

DRAM_D63

LVDS1_TX0_N

LVDS1_TX0_P

LVDS1_CLK_N

LVDS1_CLK_P

GND

DRAM_RESET

DRAM_D20

DRAM_D21

DRAM_D19

DRAM_D25

DRAM_SDCKE0

DRAM_A15

DRAM_A7

DRAM_A3

DRAM_SDBA1

DRAM_CS0

DRAM_D36

DRAM_D37

DRAM_D40

DRAM_D44

DRAM_DQM7

DRAM_D59

DRAM_D62

GND

DRAM_D58

LVDS1_TX1_P

LVDS1_TX1_N

LVDS1_TX3_N

LVDS1_TX3_P

DRAM_D3

DRAM_D10

GND

DRAM_D17

DRAM_D23

GND

DRAM_SDCKE1

DRAM_A14

GND

DRAM_A2

DRAM_A10

GND

DRAM_D32

DRAM_D33

GND

DRAM_D45

DRAM_D57

GND

DRAM_D61

DRAM_SDQS7_B

DRAM_SDQS7

LVDS1_TX2_N

LVDS1_TX2_P

GND

DRAM_D6

DRAM_D12

DRAM_D14

DRAM_D16

DRAM_DQM2

DRAM_D18

DRAM_SDQS3_B

DRAM_D27

DRAM_SDBA2

DRAM_A8

DRAM_A1

DRAM_RAS

DRAM_SDWE

DRAM_SDODT1

DRAM_DQM4

DRAM_D38

DRAM_D41

DRAM_D42

DRAM_D52

DRAM_D60

GND

DRAM_D56

Table 89. 21 x 21 mm, 0.8 mm Pitch Ball Map (continued)

Package Information and Contact Assignments

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 155

DRAM_D4

DRAM_VREF

DRAM_DQM0

DRAM_D2

DRAM_D13

DRAM_DQM1

DRAM_D15

DRAM_D22

DRAM_D28

DRAM_SDQS3

DRAM_D31

DRAM_A11

DRAM_A6

DRAM_A0

DRAM_SDBA0

DRAM_SDODT0

DRAM_A13

DRAM_D34

DRAM_D39

DRAM_DQM5

DRAM_D47

DRAM_D48

DRAM_D53

DRAM_D51

DRAM_D55

DRAM_D5

DRAM_D0

DRAM_SDQS0_B

GND

DRAM_D8

DRAM_SDQS1

GND

DRAM_SDQS2

DRAM_D29

GND

DRAM_D30

DRAM_A12

GND

DRAM_SDCLK_1

DRAM_SDCLK_0

GND

DRAM_CS1

DRAM_SDQS4

GND

DRAM_SDQS5

DRAM_D43

GND

DRAM_SDQS6

DRAM_DQM6

DRAM_D54

GND

DRAM_D1

DRAM_SDQS0

DRAM_D7

DRAM_D9

DRAM_SDQS1_B

DRAM_D11

DRAM_SDQS2_B

DRAM_D24

DRAM_DQM3

DRAM_D26

DRAM_A9

DRAM_A5

DRAM_SDCLK_1_B

DRAM_SDCLK_0_B

DRAM_CAS

ZQPAD

DRAM_SDQS4_B

DRAM_D35

DRAM_SDQS5_B

DRAM_D46

DRAM_D49

DRAM_SDQS6_B

DRAM_D50

GND

1MLB is only supported in automotive and consumer graded parts. These balls are not connected in industrial graded parts.

Table 89. 21 x 21 mm, 0.8 mm Pitch Ball Map (continued)

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

156 NXP Semiconductors

Revision History

7 Revision History

Table 90 provides a revision history for the i.MX 6Dual/6Quad data sheet.

Table 90. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Data Sheet Document Revision History

Rev.

Number Date Substantive Change(s)

6 10/2018 Revision 6 changes:

• Table 20, “XTALI and RTC_XTALI DC Parameters,” on page 37,

– Row: XTALI input leakage current at startup, IXTALI_STARTUP: Changed from “... driven 32 KHz RTC

clock @ 1.1V” to “...driven 24 MHz clock at 1.1V.”

• Table 47, “eMMC4.4/4.41 Interface Timing Specification,” on page 77,

– Row: SD2, uSDHC Output Delay: Changed tOD from 2.5 ns minimum to 2.8 ns and 7.1 ns maximum

to 6.8 ns.

(Revision History table continues on next page.)

Revision History

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 157

5 09/2017 Rev. 5 changes include the following:

• Changed throughout:

– Changed terminology from “floating” to “not connected”.

– Removed VADC feature from 19mm x 19mm package. Contact NXP sales and marketing with

enablement options.

• Section 1, “Introduction” on page 1: Corrected A9 core speed from 1 GHz to 800 MHz.

• Section 1.2, “Features” on page 4: Changed Internal/external peripheral item from “LVDS serial ports—

One port up to 165 MPixels/sec…” to: “…—One port up to 170 MPixels/sec…”.

• Table 1, “Example Orderable Part Numbers”: Added part numbers for silicon revision 1.4 with suffix “E”.

• Section 1.3, “Signal Naming Convention” on page 7” and Section 6.1, “Signal Naming Convention”:

changed wording from updated or changed signal naming, to standard signal naming.

• Table 2, “i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Modules List,” on page 9:

– Added bullet to uSDHC row: “Conforms to the SD Host Controller Standard Specification v3.0”

• Section 4, “Electrical Characteristics” on page 18: Changed several references from JESD and JEDEC

standards to cross references to the Section 4.10, “Multi-Mode DDR Controller (MMDC).

• Table 4, “Absolute Maximum Ratings,” on page 19: Multiple changes:

– Core supply voltages: Separated rows by LDO enabled and LDO bypass. For LDO enabled, changed

maximum value from 1.5 to 1.6V.

– Renamed Internal supply voltages to Core supply output voltage (LDO enabled) and changed

maximum value from 1.3 to 1.4V. Added symbol NVCC_PLL_OUT.

– Reordered VDD_HIGH_IN row and changed maximum value from 3.6 to 3.7V.

– DDR I/O supply voltage row changes:

— Changed Symbols from “Supplies denoted as I/O supply” to: “NVCC_DRAM”

— Added footnote.

– GPIO I/O supply voltage: Added symbols. Changed maximum value from 3.6 to 3.7V.

– Resequenced: HDMI, PCIe, and SATA PHY high (VPH) supply voltage to precede low (VP)

– Added row: RGMII I/O supply voltage

– Added row, Vin/Vout input/output voltage range (non-DDR pins) distinguishing between DDR pins.

– Changed maximum value for Vin/Vout input/output voltage range DDR pins to OVDD+0.4.

– Added footnotes to both maximum values of Vin/Vout input/output voltage range.

– Added row: USB_OTG_CHD_B

• Section 4.1.2, “Thermal Resistance” on page 20: Added NOTE: “Per JEDEC JESD51-2, the intent of

thermal resistance measurements…”.

• Section 4.1.5, “Maximum Measured Supply Currents” on page 24: Clarified language throughout this

section regarding the use case to estimate the maximum supply current.

• Section 4.2.1, “Power-Up Sequence” on page 31:

– Removed content about calculating the proper current limiting resistor for a coin cell.

– Removed inference to internal POR.

• Section 4.5.2, “OSC32K” on page 35: Removed content about calculating the proper current limiting

resistor for a coin cell.

• Section 4.6.1, “XTALI and RTC_XTALI (Clock Inputs) DC Parameters” on page 37:

– Added “NOTE: The Vil and Vih specifications only apply when an external clock source is used…”.

(Revision History table continues on next page.)

Table 90. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Data Sheet Document Revision History (continued)

Rev.

Number Date Substantive Change(s)

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

158 NXP Semiconductors

Revision History

(Cont.)

09/2017 • Table 20, “XTALI and RTC_XTALI DC Parameters,” on page 37:

– Added footnote to RTC_XTALI high level DC input voltage row: “This voltage specification must not be

exceeded and …”.

Section 4.6.4, “RGMII I/O 2.5V I/O DC Electrical Parameters” on page 38: Added section and table.

• Section 4.10, “Multi-Mode DDR Controller (MMDC)” on page 60: Replaced section with new content.

Was: 4.9.4 “DDR SDRAM Specific Parameters (DDR3/DDR3L/LPDDR2)” with timing diagrams and

parameter tables for DDR3/DDR3L/LPDDR2.

• Table 47, “eMMC4.4/4.41 Interface Timing Specification,” on page 77,

– Corrected SD3, uSDHC Input Setup Time, minimum value from 2.6ns to 1.7ns.

– Added footnote to Card Input Clock regarding duty cycle range.

• Table 48, “SDR50/SDR104 Interface Timing Specification,” on page 78: Changes to Min/Max values:

– SD2 min from: 0.3 x tCLK; to: 0.46 x tCLK

– SD2 max from: 0.7 x tCLK to: 0.54 x tCLK

– SD3 min from: 0.3 x tCLK; to: 0.46 x tCLK. Also corrected ID from duplicate SD2 to SD3.

– SD3 max from: 0.7 x tCLK; to: 0.54 x tCLK

– SD5 max from: 1 ns; to: 0.74 ns

• Table 58, “Camera Input Signal Cross Reference, Format, and Bits Per Cycle,” on page 91: Changed

RGB565, 16 bits column heading from 2 cycles to 1 cycle.

• Table 59, “Sensor Interface Timing Characteristics,” on page 94, Sensor Interface Timing characteristics:

Added rows to include Vsync values.

• Table 86, “21 x 21 mm Supplies Contact Assignment,” on page 136: Added description to ZQPAD.

• Table 87, “21 x 21 mm Functional Contact Assignments,” on page 138:

– Changed rows DRAM_SDCLK_0 and DRAM_SDCLK_1, Out of Reset Conditions from “Input–Hi-Z” to

“Output–0”.

– Added description to GPANAIO row: “…output for NXP use only…”

(Revision History table continues on next page.)

Table 90. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Data Sheet Document Revision History (continued)

Rev.

Number Date Substantive Change(s)

Revision History

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 159

4 07/2015 • Added footnote to Table 1, “Example Orderable Part Numbers,” on page 3: If a 24 MHz input clock is

used (required for USB), the maximum SoC speed is limited to 996 MHz.

• Section 1.2, “Features” changed Five UARTs, from up to 4.0 Mbps, to up to 5.0 Mbps.

• Table 6, “Operating Ranges,” on page 21, Row: run mode: LDO bypassed, removed LDO bypassed for

operation up to 852 MHz.

• Table 6, “Operating Ranges,” on page 21: Row: VDD_HIGH internal regulator, changed minimum

parameter value from 2.8 to 2.7V.

• Table 6, “Operating Ranges,” on page 21: Removed footnote: VDDSOC and VDDPU output voltages

must be set according to this rule: VDDARM-VDDSOC/PU<50mV. This was a duplicate footnote,

renumbered footnotes accordingly.

• Table 6, “Operating Ranges,” on page 21: Changed value: Standby/DSM Mode, VDD_SOC_IN, minimum

voltage, from 0.9V to 1.05V.

• Table 8, “Maximum Supply Currents,” on page 25, Differentiated VDD_ARM_IN, VDD_ARM23_IN, and

VDD_SOC_IN by frequency and by Power Virus/CoreMark maximum current.

• Table 20, “XTALI and RTC_XTALI DC Parameters,” on page 37, Added rows: Input capacitance; Startup

current; and DC input current and their values.

• Table 37, “EIM Bus Timing Parameters,” on page 51, Changed WE4–WE17 minimum and maximum

parameter values from, 0.5 t (k+1)/2-1.25, to

0.5 x t x (k+1)-1.25.

• Table 38, “EIM Asynchronous Timing Parameters Relative to Chip Select,,” on page 58 Added to end of

formulas in the minimum, typical, and maximum parameter values for WE31–WE42 and WE45–WE46,

t. For example from 3-CSN, to 3-CSN

t. Also added maximum value to MAXDTI of 10.

• Table 58, “DDR3/DDR3L Write Cycle,” on page 90, Changed minimum parameter value of DDR17 from

240 to 125; and of DDR18 from 240 to 150.

• Figure 29, “LPDDR2 Command and Address Timing Diagram,” on page 91, LP2 signal cycle reduced.

• Table 62, “LPDDR2 Write Cycle,” on page 93, Changed LP21 minimum and maximum parameter value

from -0.25/+0.25 to 0.8/1.2.

• Figure 33, "ECSPI Master Mode Timing Diagram," on page 70, Added footnote: Note: ECSPIx_MOSI is

always driven (not tri-stated) between actual data transmissions. This limits the ECSPI to be connected

between a single master and a single slave.

• Figure 34, "ECSPI Slave Mode Timing Diagram," on page 71, Added footnote: Note: ECSPIx_MISO is

always driven (not tri-stated) between actual data transmissions. This limits the ECSPI to be connected

between a single master and a single slave.

• Figure 57, "Gated Clock Mode Timing Diagram," on page 92, Corrected IPU2_CSIx_HSYNC trace

drawing.

• Section 4.12.22, “USB PHY Parameters” Specified Battery Charging Specification applies to portable

devices only.

(Revision History table continues on next page.)

Table 90. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Data Sheet Document Revision History (continued)

Rev.

Number Date Substantive Change(s)

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

160 NXP Semiconductors

Revision History

Rev. 3 02/2014 • Updates throughout for Silicon revision D, include:

- Figure 1 Part number nomenclature diagram.

- Example Orderable Part Number tables, Table 1

• Feature description for Miscellaneous IPs and interfaces; SSI and ESAI.

• Table 6, UART 1–5 description change: programmable baud rate up to 5 MHz.

• Table 6, uSDHC 1–4 description change: including SDXC cards up to 2 TB.

• Table 6, operating range for Run mode: LDO bypassed, minimum value corrected to 1.150 V.

• Table 6, table footnotes, added LDO enabled mode footnote for internal LDO output set points.

• Table 61, added table footnote to the Comment heading in the Comment column.

• Removed table “On-Chip LDOs and their On-Chip Loads.”

• Section 4.1.4, External Clock Sources; added Note, “The internal RTC oscillator does not …”.

• Section 4.1.5, reworded second paragraph about the power management IC to explain that a robust

thermal design is required for the increased system power dissipation.

• Table 8, Maximum Supply Currents: NVCC_RGMII Condition value changed to N=6.

• Table 8, Maximum Supply currents: Added row; NVCC_LVDS2P5

• Section 4.2.1 Power-Up Sequence: reworded third bulleted item regarding POR control.

• Section 4.2.1 Power-Up Sequence: removed Note.

• Section 4.5.2 OSC32K, second paragraph reworded to describe OSC32K automatic switching.

• Section 4.5.2 OSC32K, added Note following second paragraph to caution use of internal oscillator use.

• Table 20 XTALI and RTC_XTALI DC parameters; changed RTC_XTALI Vih minimum value to 0.8.

• Table 20 XTALI and RTC_XTALI DC parameters; changed RTC_XTALI Vih maximum value to 1.1.

• Table 34 Reset Timing Parameters; removed footnote.

• Section 4.9.3 External Interface Module; enhanced wording to first paragraph to describe operating

frequency for data transfers, and to explain register settings are valid for entire range of frequencies.

• Table 37. EIM Bus Timing Parameters; reworded footnotes for clarity.

• Table 38. EIM Asynchronous Timing Parameters; removed comment from the Max heading cell.

• Table 38. EIM Asynchronous Timing Parameters; reworded footnote 2 for clarity.

• Table 53. RMII Signal Timing; parameter M19 Max value relaxed to 13.5 ns.

• Table 95. Corrected the ALT5 Default Function names.

• Figure 96 and Figure 97 21 x 21 mm Lidded Package; updated drawing (Rev D).

Rev. 2.3 07/26

/2013

• Table 95, 21 x 21Functional Contact Assignments:

Restored NANDF_WP_B row and description.

• System Timing Parameters Table 34, Reset timing parameter, CC1 description clarified, change from:

“Duration of SRC_POR_B to be qualified as valid (input slope <= 5 ns)” to:

“Duration of SRC_POR_B to be qualified as valid”

and added a footnote to the parameter with the following text:

“SRC_POR_B rise and fall times must be 5 ns or less.”

This change was made for clarity and does not represent a specification change.

Rev. 2.2 07/2013 • Editor corrections to revision history links. No technical content changes.

Rev. 2.1 07/2013 • Figure 1, Changed temperature references from Consumer to Commercial.

• Table 95, 21 x 21Functional Contact Assignments:

—Removed rows: DRAM_VREF, HDMI_DDCCEC, and HDMI_REF.

—Due to a typographical error in revision 2.0, the ball names for rows EIM_DA2 through EIM_DA15 were

ordered incorrectly. This has been corrected in revision 2.1. The ball map is correct in both revision 2.0

and 2.1.

(Revision History table continues on next page.)

Table 90. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Data Sheet Document Revision History (continued)

Rev.

Number Date Substantive Change(s)

Revision History

i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processors for Industrial Products, Rev. 6, 11/2018

NXP Semiconductors 161

Rev. 2 04/2013 Substantive changes throughout this document are as follows:

• Incorporated standardized signal names. This change is extensive throughout.

Added reference to EB792, i.MX Signal Name Mapping.

• Figures updated to align to standardized signal names.

• Aligned references to FCBGA to read FCPBGA throughout document.

• Updated references to eMMC standard to include 4.41.

• Table 1 “Example Industrial Grade Orderable Part Numbers”: Part Numbers MCIMX6Q4AVT10AC,

MCIMX6Q4AVT08AC, MCIMX6D4AVT10AC, and MCIMX6D4AVT08AC were updated to show GPU

instead of VPU as an option.

• Table 2, “i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Modules List,” Changed reference to Global Power Controller to read

General Power Controller.

• Table 4, “Absolute Maximum Ratings,” Added VDD_ARM23_IN to Core supply voltages.

• Table 6 “Operating Ranges”: Run Mode - LDO Enabled, VDD_ARM_IN/VDD_ARM23_IN, 792 MHz,

input voltage minimum changed to 1.275V and VDD_ARM CAP minimum changed to 1.150V.

NVCC_NAND, changed to NVCC_NANDF.

• Table 6 “Operating Ranges”: Added reference for information on product lifetime: i.MX 6Dual/6Quad

Product Usage Lifetime Estimates Application Note, AN4724.

• Table 9. “Maximum Supply Currents”: Added current for i.MX6Dual

• Table 10 “Stop Mode Current and Power Consumption”: Added SNVS Only mode.

• Table 22 “GPIO I/O DC Parameters”: Removed parameters Iskod and Isspp.

• Table 48, “ECSPI Master Mode Timing Parameters,” Updated parameter CS6 ECSPIx_SSx Lag Time

(CS hold time) Min from Half SCLK period to Half SCLK period-2.

• Table 77 “SD/eMMC4.3 Interface Timing Specification,” eMMC parameter SD8 value Min updated from

5.6 ns to 1.5 ns.

• Table 89 RGMII Signal Switching Specifications RGMII parameter TskewR units corrected.

• Table 134 “21 x 21 mm Functional Contact Assignments,” Updated GPIO_1 Ball Name value to PU

(100K).

• Table 134 “21 x 21 mm Functional Contact Assignments,” Clarification of ENET_REF_CLK naming.

• Removed section, EIM Signal Cross Reference. Signal names are now aligned with reference manual.

• Section 1.2, “Features added bulleted item regarding the SOC-level memory system.

• Section 4.2.1, “Power-Up Sequence” updated wording.

• Section 4.3.2, “Regulators for Analog Modules”: Added NVCC_PLL_OUT to section heading.

• Section 4.6.1, “XTALI and RTC_XTALI (Clock Inputs) DC Parameters”: Added section.

• Section 4.10, “General-Purpose Media Interface (GPMI) Timing” figures replaced, tables revised.

Table 90. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Data Sheet Document Revision History (continued)

Rev.

Number Date Substantive Change(s)

Information in this document is provided solely to enable system and software implementers to

use NXP products. There are no express or implied copyright licenses granted hereunder to

design or fabricate any integrated circuits based on the information in this document. NXP

reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products herein.

NXP makes no warranty, representation, or guarantee regarding the suitability of its products for

any particular purpose, nor does NXP assume any liability arising out of the application or use

of any product or circuit, and specifically disclaims any and all liability, including without limitation

consequential or incidental damages. “Typical” parameters that may be provided in NXP data

sheets and/or specifications can and do vary in different applications, and actual performance

may vary over time. All operating parameters, including “typicals,” must be validated for each

customer application by customer’s technical experts. NXP does not convey any license under

its patent rights nor the rights of others. NXP sells products pursuant to standard terms and

conditions of sale, which can be found at the following address:

nxp.com/SalesTermsandConditions.

While NXP has implemented advanced security features, all products may be subject to

unidentified vulnerabilities. Customers are responsible for the design and operation of their

applications and products to reduce the effect of these vulnerabilities on customer’s applications

and products, and NXP accepts no liability for any vulnerability that is discovered. Customers

should implement appropriate design and operating safeguards to minimize the risks associated

with their applications and products.

NXP, the NXP logo, NXP SECURE CONNECTIONS FOR A SMARTER WORLD, COOLFLUX,

EMBRACE, GREENCHIP, HITAG, I2C BUS, ICODE, JCOP, LIFE VIBES, MIFARE, MIFARE

CLASSIC, MIFARE DESFire, MIFARE PLUS, MIFARE FLEX, MANTIS, MIFARE ULTRALIGHT,

MIFARE4MOBILE, MIGLO, NTAG, ROADLINK, SMARTLX, SMARTMX, STARPLUG, TOPFET,

TRENCHMOS, UCODE, Freescale, the Freescale logo, AltiVec, C?5, CodeTEST, CodeWarrior,

ColdFire, ColdFire+, C?Ware, the Energy Efficient Solutions logo, Kinetis, Layerscape, MagniV,

mobileGT, PEG, PowerQUICC, Processor Expert, QorIQ, QorIQ Qonverge, Ready Play,

SafeAssure, the SafeAssure logo, StarCore, Symphony, VortiQa, Vybrid, Airfast, BeeKit,

BeeStack, CoreNet, Flexis, MXC, Platform in a Package, QUICC Engine, SMARTMOS, Tower,

TurboLink, and UMEMS are trademarks of NXP B.V. All other product or service names are the

property of their respective owners. Arm, AMBA, Artisan, Cortex, Jazelle, Keil, SecurCore,

Thumb, TrustZone, and µVision are registered trademarks of Arm Limited (or its subsidiaries) in

the EU and/or elsewhere. Arm7, Arm9, Arm11, big.LITTLE, CoreLink, CoreSight, DesignStart,

Mali, Mbed, NEON, POP, Sensinode, Socrates, ULINK and Versatile are trademarks of Arm

registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates. The Power Architecture and Power.org word

marks and the Power and Power.org logos and related marks are trademarks and service marks

licensed by Power.org.

Document Number: IMX6DQIEC

Rev. 6

11/2018

How to Reach Us:

Home Page:

nxp.com

Web Support:

nxp.com/support